NP for Revision of ISO 3767-1 Common symbols

Transcription

NP for Revision of ISO 3767-1 Common symbols
ISO/TC 23/SC 14
N 335
ISO/TC 23/SC 14
ISO/TC 23/SC 14 - Operator controls, operator symbols and other displays, operator manuals
Email of secretary: [email protected]
Secretariat: ANSI (USA)
NP for Revision of ISO 3767-1 Common symbols
Document type:
NP ballot
Date of document:
2011-07-11
Expected action:
VOTE
Action due date:
2011-10-12
No. of pages:
96
Background:
This document is circulated to TC 23/SC 14 National Bodies for ballot. Please submit your vote by
the due date indicated via the electronic balloting portal.
Committee URL:
http://isotc.iso.org/livelink/livelink/open/tc23sc14
NEW WORK ITEM PROPOSAL
Date of presentation
2011-07-08
Reference number
(to be given by the Secretariat)
N
Proposer
ISO/TC 23 / SC 14
ANSI
335
Secretariat
ANSI
A proposal for a new work item within the scope of an existing committee shall be submitted to the secretariat of that committee with a copy to
the Central Secretariat and, in the case of a subcommittee, a copy to the secretariat of the parent technical committee. Proposals not within the
scope of an existing committee shall be submitted to the secretariat of the ISO Technical Management Board.
The proposer of a new work item may be a member body of ISO, the secretariat itself, another technical committee or subcommittee, or
organization in liaison, the Technical Management Board or one of the advisory groups, or the Secretary-General.
The proposal will be circulated to the P-members of the technical committee or subcommittee for voting, and to the O-members for information.
See overleaf for guidance on when to use this form.
IMPORTANT NOTE: Proposals without adequate justification risk rejection or referral to originator.
Guidelines for proposing and justifying a new work item are given overleaf.
Proposal (to be completed by the proposer)
Title of proposal (in the case of an amendment, revision or a new part of an existing document, show the reference number and current title)
English title
ISO 3767-1, Tractors, machinery for agriculture and forestry, powered lawn and garden equipment —
Symbols for operator controls and displays — Part 1: Common symbols
French title
ISO 3767-1, Tracteurs, matériels agricoles et forestiers, matériel à moteur pour jardins et petouses —
Symboles pour les commandes de l'opérateur et autres indications — Partie 1: Symboles communs
(if available)
Scope of proposed project
To add numerous symbols not in the current edition or amendments to ISO 3767-1. To include descriptions of the symbol
functions in accordance with IEC 80416-1, IEC 60417, and ISO 7000.
Concerns known patented items (see ISO/IEC Directives Part 1 for important guidance)
Yes
No
If "Yes", provide full information as annex
Envisaged publication type (indicate one of the following, if possible)
International Standard
Technical Specification
Publicly Available Specification
Technical Report
Purpose and justification (attach a separate page as annex, if necessary)
There are many relevant symbols not included in the current edition or amendments to ISO 3767-1. Also lacking are
descriptions of the symbol functions that provide additional information about the meaning of the symbols, how they are to
be used, and their relationship to other symbols in ISO 3767.
Target date for availability (date by which publication is considered to be necessary) 2014-12-31
Proposed development track
 1 (24 months)
2 (36 months - default)
3 (48 months)
Relevant documents to be considered
ISO 7000, IEC 60417, ISO 6405, ISO 2575
Relationship of project to activities of other international bodies
Liaison organizations
Need for coordination with:
IEC
FORM 4 (ISO) v.2007.1
CEN
Other (please specify)
Page 1 of 3
New work item proposal
Preparatory work (at a minimum an outline should be included with the proposal)
A draft is attached
An outline is attached. It is possible to supply a draft by
The proposer or the proposer's organization is prepared to undertake the preparatory work required
Yes
No
Name and signature of the Proposer
(include contact information)
Proposed Project Leader (name and address)
Richard Gast
Deere & Company
Moline, IL 61265 USA
+1 309 765 4715
[email protected]
Comments of the TC or SC Secretariat
Supplementary information relating to the proposal
This proposal relates to a new ISO document;
This proposal relates to the amendment/revision of an existing ISO document;
This proposal relates to the adoption as an active project of an item currently registered as a Preliminary Work Item;
This proposal relates to the re-establishment of a cancelled project as an active project.
Other:
Voting information
The ballot associated with this proposal comprises a vote on:
Adoption of the proposal as a new project
Adoption of the associated draft as a committee draft (CD)
Adoption of the associated draft for submission for the enquiry vote (DIS or equivalent)
Other:
Annex(es) are included with this proposal (give details)
Date of circulation
Closing date for voting
2 0 1 1 - 1 0 - 1 2
Signature of the TC or SC Secretary
S a l l y
S e i t z
Use this form to propose:
a) a new ISO document (including a new part to an existing document), or the amendment/revision of an existing ISO document;
b) the establishment as an active project of a preliminary work item, or the re-establishment of a cancelled project;
c) the change in the type of an existing document, e.g. conversion of a Technical Specification into an International Standard.
This form is not intended for use to propose an action following a systematic review - use ISO Form 21 for that purpose.
Proposals for correction (i.e. proposals for a Technical Corrigendum) should be submitted in writing directly to the secretariat concerned.
Guidelines on the completion of a proposal for a new work item
(see also the ISO/IEC Directives Part 1)
a) Title: Indicate the subject of the proposed new work item.
b) Scope: Give a clear indication of the coverage of the proposed new work item. Indicate, for example, if this is a proposal for a new document,
or a proposed change (amendment/revision). It is often helpful to indicate what is not covered (exclusions).
c) Envisaged publication type: Details of the types of ISO deliverable available are given in the ISO/IEC Directives, Part 1 and/or the
associated ISO Supplement.
d) Purpose and justification: Give details based on a critical study of the following elements wherever practicable. Wherever possible
reference should be made to information contained in the related TC Business Plan.
1) The specific aims and reason for the standardization activity, with particular emphasis on the aspects of standardization to be covered, the
problems it is expected to solve or the difficulties it is intended to overcome.
2) The main interests that might benefit from or be affected by the activity, such as industry, consumers, trade, governments, distributors.
3) Feasibility of the activity: Are there factors that could hinder the successful establishment or global application of the standard?
4) Timeliness of the standard to be produced: Is the technology reasonably stabilized? If not, how much time is likely to be available before
advances in technology may render the proposed standard outdated? Is the proposed standard required as a basis for the future development
of the technology in question?
5) Urgency of the activity, considering the needs of other fields or organizations. Indicate target date and, when a series of standards is
proposed, suggest priorities.
FORM 4 (ISO) v.2007.1
Page 2 of 3
New work item proposal
6) The benefits to be gained by the implementation of the proposed standard; alternatively, the loss or disadvantage(s) if no standard is
established within a reasonable time. Data such as product volume or value of trade should be included and quantified.
7) If the standardization activity is, or is likely to be, the subject of regulations or to require the harmonization of existing regulations, this should
be indicated.
If a series of new work items is proposed having a common purpose and justification, a common proposal may be drafted including all elements
to be clarified and enumerating the titles and scopes of each individual item.
e) Relevant documents and their effects on global relevancy: List any known relevant documents (such as standards and regulations),
regardless of their source. When the proposer considers that an existing well-established document may be acceptable as a standard (with or
without amendment), indicate this with appropriate justification and attach a copy to the proposal.
f) Cooperation and liaison: List relevant organizations or bodies with which cooperation and liaison should exist.
FORM 4 (ISO) v.2007.1
Page 3 of 3
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO TC 23/SC 14 N 335
Date: 2011-07-11
ISO/WD 3767-1
ISO TC 23/SC 14/WG
Secretariat: ANSI
Tractors, machinery for agriculture and forestry, powered lawn and
garden equipment — Symbols for operator controls and other
displays — Part 1: Common symbols
Tracteurs, matériels agricoles et forestiers, matériel à moteur pour jardins et petouses — Symboles pour les
commandes de l'opérateur et autres indications — Partie 1: Symboles communs
Warning
This document is not an ISO International Standard. It is distributed for review and comment. It is subject to
change without notice and may not be referred to as an International Standard.
Recipients of this draft are invited to submit, with their comments, notification of any relevant patent rights of
which they are aware and to provide supporting documentation.
Document type: International Standard
Document subtype:
Document stage: (20) Preparatory
Document language: E
H:\cc51\Private\TC 23 SC
Text.docx STD Version 2.1c2
14\Projects\ISO
3767-1
2011
Revision\NP
Ballot\ISO_3767-1_(E)_NP
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Copyright notice
This ISO document is a working draft or committee draft and is copyright-protected by ISO. While the
reproduction of working drafts or committee drafts in any form for use by participants in the ISO standards
development process is permitted without prior permission from ISO, neither this document nor any extract
from it may be reproduced, stored or transmitted in any form for any other purpose without prior written
permission from ISO.
Requests for permission to reproduce this document for the purpose of selling it should be addressed as
shown below or to ISO's member body in the country of the requester:
[Indicate the full address, telephone number, fax number, telex number, and electronic mail address, as
appropriate, of the Copyright Manger of the ISO member body responsible for the secretariat of the TC or
SC within the framework of which the working document has been prepared.]
Reproduction for sales purposes may be subject to royalty payments or a licensing agreement.
Violators may be prosecuted.
ii
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Contents
Page
Foreword .........................................................................................................................................................iv Introduction......................................................................................................................................................v 1
Scope ...................................................................................................................................................1 2
Normative references .........................................................................................................................1 3
Terms and definitions.........................................................................................................................1 4
General ................................................................................................................................................2 5
Colour ..................................................................................................................................................3 6
Development of new symbols............................................................................................................3 7
Adaptation of symbols as digital display icons................................................................................4 8
Base symbols......................................................................................................................................5 9
General symbols .................................................................................................................................7 10
Engine symbols ................................................................................................................................38 11
1 Transmission symbols .....................................................................................................................47 12
Hydraulic system symbols...............................................................................................................51 13
Brake symbols ..................................................................................................................................55 14
Fuel symbols .....................................................................................................................................57 15
Lighting symbols ..............................................................................................................................60 16
Window and visibility symbols ........................................................................................................65 17
Climate control symbols ..................................................................................................................72 18
Seat symbols.....................................................................................................................................75 19
Tyre, wheel, axle, and suspension symbols ...................................................................................79 20
Steering symbols ..............................................................................................................................85 © ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
iii
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Foreword
ISO (the International Organization for Standardization) is a worldwide federation of national standards bodies
(ISO member bodies). The work of preparing International Standards is normally carried out through ISO
technical committees. Each member body interested in a subject for which a technical committee has been
established has the right to be represented on that committee. International organizations, governmental and
non-governmental, in liaison with ISO, also take part in the work. ISO collaborates closely with the
International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) on all matters of electrotechnical standardization.
International Standards are drafted in accordance with the rules given in the ISO/IEC Directives, Part 2.
The main task of technical committees is to prepare International Standards. Draft International Standards
adopted by the technical committees are circulated to the member bodies for voting. Publication as an
International Standard requires approval by at least 75 % of the member bodies casting a vote.
Attention is drawn to the possibility that some of the elements of this document may be the subject of patent
rights. ISO shall not be held responsible for identifying any or all such patent rights.
ISO 3767-1 was prepared by Technical Committee ISO/TC 23, Tractors, machinery for agriculture and
forestry, powered lawn and garden equipment, Subcommittee SC 14, Symbols for controls and displays,
safety signs, manuals.
This second/third/... edition cancels and replaces the first/second/... edition (), [clause(s) / subclause(s) /
table(s) / figure(s) / annex(es)] of which [has / have] been technically revised.
ISO 3767 consists of the following parts, under the general title Tractors, machinery for agriculture and
forestry, powered lawn and garden equipment — Symbols for operator controls and other displays:
 Part 1: Common symbols
 Part 2: Symbols for agricultural tractors and machinery
 Part 3: Symbols for powered lawn and garden equipment
 Part 4: Symbols for forestry machinery
 Part 5: Symbols for manual portable forestry machines
iv
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Introduction
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
v
WORKING DRAFT
ISO/WD 3767-1
Tractors, machinery for agriculture and forestry, powered lawn
and garden equipment — Symbols for operator controls and
other displays — Part 1: Common symbols
1
Scope
This part of ISO 3767 establishes common symbols for use on operator controls and other displays on tractors
and machinery for agriculture and forestry, and powered lawn and garden equipment as defined in ISO 33390, ISO 5395, and ISO 6814.
2
Normative references
The following referenced documents are indispensable for the application of this document. For dated
references, only the edition cited applies. For undated references, the latest edition of the referenced
document (including any amendments) applies.
ISO 7000, Graphical symbols for use on equipment
[available in database format at http://www.graphical-symbols.info/ and at https://cdb.iso.org/cdb/]
IEC 60417, Graphicalsymbols for use on equipment
[available in database format at http://www.graphical-symbols.info/]
ISO 80416-2, Basic principles for graphical symbols for use on equipment — Part 2: Form and use of arrows
ISO 80416-4, Basic principles for graphical symbols for use on equiment — Part 4: Guidelines for the
adaptation of graphical symbols for use on screens and displays (icons)
IEC 80416-1, Basic principles for graphical symbols for use on equipment — Part 1: Creation of symbol
originals
IEC 80416-3, Basic principles for grpahical symbols for use on equipment — Part 3: Guidelines for the
application of graphical symbols
3
Terms and definitions
For the purposes of this document, the following terms and definitions apply.
3.1
symbol (graphical symbol)
a visually perceptible figure used to transmit information independent of language. It may be produced by
drawing, printing, or other means. Letters, numerals, and mathematical symbols may be used as symbols or
symbol elements. For some specific appllications, groups of letters Ifor example, AUTO, STOP) are used as
symbols or symbol elements.
NOTE
Letters and numerals are not registered by ISO/TC 145/SC 3 or published in ISO 7000 unless they are symbol
elements embedded in graphical symbols.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
1
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
3.2
icon (digital display icon)
a digitized (pixelated) epresentation of a graphical symbol, usually used on a reconfigurable electronic display
screen or graphical user inteface (GUI). A single symbol can be represented by multiple icons, each of a
different size, pixel count, or colourization.
4
General
4.1 Symbols shall be used as shown in this part of ISO 3767. However, selected symbols which are shown
in outline form in this part of ISO 3767 may be filled in actual use for enhanced clarity of reproduction and
improved visual perception by the operator, except as otherwise noted for individual symbols. Refer to IEC
80416-3.
4.2 Limitations inherent in some reproduction and display technologies can require increased line width or
other minor modifications of symbols. Such modifications are acceptable, provided that the symbol remains
unchanged in its basic graphical elements and is easily discernable by the operator.
4.3 Additionally, to improve the appearance and perceptibility of a graphical symbol, or to coordinate with
the design of the euqipment to which it is applied, it can be necessary to change the line width or to round the
corners of the symbol. The graphical designer is normally free to make such changes, provided that the
essential perceptiable characteritics of the symbol are maintained.
4.4 For actual use, all symbols shall be reproduced large enough to be easily discernible by the operator.
See IEC 80416-1 for guidelines on the proper sizing of symbols. Symbols grouped together in a display or on
a set of controls should be scaled to the same degree relative to the corner marks of the symbol original as
shown in this part of ISO 3767 in order to maintain the correct visual relationship among the symbols.
Symbols shall be used in the orientation shown in this part of ISO3767, unless otherwise noted for individual
symbols.
4.5 Most symbols are constructed using a building block approach in which various symbols and symbol
elements are combined in a logical manner to produce a new symbol.
4.6 Symbols are generally intended to replace a word or words with a graphical image that has the same
meaning for all operators, regardless of their native language. However, the use of a graphical symbol to
identify a control or display does not preclude the use of words in conjunction with that control or display.
4.7 If a symbol shows a machine or parts of a machine from a side view, a machine moving from left to right
across the symbol area shall be assumed. If a symbol shows a machine or parts of a machine from an
overhead view, a machine moving from bottom to top across the symbol area shall be assumed.
4.8 Symbols on controls and displays shall have a good contrast to their background. A white or lightcoloured symbol on a black or dark-coloured backgound is preferred for most controls. Displays may use
either a white or light-coloured symbol on a black or dark-coloured background or a black or dark-coloured
symbol on a white or light-coloured background, depending upon which alternative provides the best visual
perception. When a symbol image is reversed (for example, from black-on-white to white-on-black or vice
versa) this reversal shall be done for the entire symbol.
4.9 Symbols shall be located on or adjacent to the control or display that is being identified. Where more
than one symbol is required for a control, the symbols shall be located in relation to the control such that
movement of the control towards the symbols shall effect the fucntion depicted by that symbol.
4.10 Arrows used in symbols shall conform symbols shall conform to the requirements of ISO 80416-2. IEC
80416-1 shall be consulted for the general principles for creating symbol originals. IEC 80416-3 should be
consulted for guidelines for the application of symbols.
2
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
4.11 ISO/IEC registration numbers are shown for symbols in this part of ISO 3767.
NOTE
Symbol originals are approved and registered either by ISO/TC 145/SC 3 and published in ISO 7000 or by
IEC/SC 3C and published in IEC 60417. In some cases, modified or application symbols, rather than the original symbols,
are standardized in this part of ISO 3767.
4.13 When letters or numerals are used in a symbol, the font shown shall not be considered definitive. Other
fonts may be used so long as the letters and numerals remain legible.
4.14 Symbols in this part of ISO 3767 are within marks that delimit the corners of the 75 mm square basic
pattern from IEC 80416-1. Corner marks are not part of the symbol, but are provided to ensure consistent
presentation of all symbol graphics.
5
5.1
Colour
When used on illuminated displays, the following colours shall have the meanings indicated:
 Red denotes a failure, serious malfunction, or operating condition that requires immediate attention;
 Yellow or amber denotes a condition outside normal operating limits
 Green denotes a normal operating condition
5.2
In addition, certain colours shall be used for specific applications:
 Blue is used for the high beam; main beam display (see 15.1);
 Red is used for the hazard warning display and for the hazard warning control (see 15.6);
 Green is used for the turn signal display (see 15.10).
5.3 If colour is used on or in association with symbols for heating and cooling systems, the colour red shall
be used to indicate hot, and the colour blue shall be used to indicate cold.
6
Development of new symbols
6.1 Prior to developing a new symbol, a search should be conducted for previously standardized symbols
with the same or similar meaning to what is needed. ISO 7000 and IEC 60417 (both available in database
form) are compilations of internationally standardized symbols which can be useful both for finding appropriate
symbols that do not appear in one of the parts of ISO 3767 and for generating concepts that can be used in
the development of new symbols.
6.2 New symbols shall be developed in accordance with the principles of ISO 3767-1 Annex A. IEC 804161 should be consulted for general principles for the creation of symbols. Arrows shall be in accordance with
ISO 80416-2. Different arrow forms have different meanings according to ISO 80416-2. Care should be
taken to use the correct arrow form. Following the guidelines of Annex A results in symbols appropriate in
graphical form and content for international standardization and ISO 7000 registration.
6.3 Symbols proposed for standardization in this part of ISO 3767 shall include a short explanation of the
function or expected use of the symbol.
NOTE
IEC 80416-1 uses the term "description" for this type of information and provides guidelines for writing
descriptions for symbols intended for standardization in ISO 7000 or IEC 60417. The descriptions for symbols
standardized in this part of ISO 37t67 can serve as examples.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
3
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
7
Adaptation of symbols as digital display icons
Symbols can be adapted for use as digital display icons on reconfigurable or other electronic displays. Such
adaptations should follow the principles of ISO 80416-4. Special care should be taken to ensure that digital
display icons preserve the visual impression of the symbol from which the icon is adapted. The same
principles regarding use of colour with symbols apply to the use of colour with digital display icons.
4
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
8
Base symbols
Graphical
symbol
8.1
Symbol title and description
Oil; fluid
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-1056
To indicate oil or other non-water-base fluid.
Use as a symbol element in combination with
other symbols to indicate specified types of oil.
This symbol may be used when the type of oil or
fluid is not specified.
8.2
Water; coolant; water-base fluid
ISO 7000-0536
To indicate water, coolant, or other water-base
fluid.
Use as a symbol element in combination with
other symbols to indicate specified types of waterbase fluid.
This symbol may be used when the type of waterbase fluid is not specified.
8.3
Intake air; air flow through
ISO 7000-1604
To indicate intake air.
To indicate air flow into or through a tube or pipe.
This symbol shall be used outline.
8.4
Exhaust gas
ISO 7000-1605
To indicate exhaust gas.
To indicate air flow out of a tube or pipe.
This symbol shall be used filled.
8.5
Pressure
ISO 7000-1701
To indicate pressure in general.
Use as a symbol element in combination with
other symbols to indicate the type of material that
is under pressure.
The filled circle may be deleted and an appropriate
symbol inserted between the arrows.
8.6
Level indicator
To identify the control that adjusts the amount of
level of material in a container.
Application of
ISO 7000-0159
To indicate the level of, for example, a liquid in a
container.
Use as a symbol element in combination with
other symbols to indicate the type of material
whose quantity is measured.
The line at the right of the symbol may be deleted
and an appropriate symbol inserted.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
5
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
8.7
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Filter
ISO 7000-1389
To indicate a filter for liquid or gas.
Use as a symbol element in combination with
other symbols to indicate the type of material that
is filtered.
8.8
Temperature
ISO 7000-0034
To indicate temperature or a function associated
with temperature.
8.9
Malfunction, general; failure
ISO 7000-1603B
To indicate that a component or function has failed
or malfunctioned.
Use as a symbol element in combination with
other symbols to indicate the component or
function that has failed or malfunctioned.
8.10
Mass
[version A]
ISO 7000-1321
To indicate mass.
To identify a function related to mass.
Symbol in 8.11 may be used as an alternative.
8.11
Mass
[version B]
To be ISO 7000
registered
See description for ISO 7000-1321 (see 8.10).
This symbol is an alternative to ISO 7000-1321
(see 8.10).
8.12
Air, general
To indicate air in general.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate a function related to air in general.
6
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
9
General symbols
Graphical
symbol
9.1
Symbol title and description
On; start
To identify the control that starts a function or
operation.
ISO/IEC
registration number
Application of
IEC 60417-5007
To identify the control that enables a function or
operation to be engaged or activated.
Use independently or in conjunction with other
symbols. Do not use as a graphical element with
the meaning "on; start" within a combined symbol
per clause 4.5,
9.2
Off; stop
To identify the control that stops a function or
operation.
Application of
IEC 60417-5008
To identify the control that disables a function or
operation to be engaged or activated.
Use independently or in conjunction with other
symbols. Do not use as a graphical element with
the meaning "on; start" within a combined symbol
per clause 4.5.
9.3
On and off
To identify the control that, depending on its
position or last activation, starts or stops a function
or operation.
Application of
IEC 60417-5010
Use independently or in conjunction with other
symbols. Do not use as a graphical element with
the meaning "on and off" within a combined
symbol per clause 4.5.
9.4
Ready
ISO 7000-1140
To indicate that the machine or equipment or
function is ready for operation.
9.5
Stand-by
IEC 60417-5009
To identify the control by which part of the
equipment is switched on in order to bring the
component or function into the stand-by condition.
9.6
Engage
ISO 7000-0022
To identify the control that effects the engagement
of two machine parts or elements, or the activation
of a mechanical function.
To indicate the engagement function.
This symbol may be rotated 90° or 180° for a
clearer visual representation.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
7
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
9.7
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
ISO 7000-0023
Disengage
To identify the control that effects the
disengagement of two machine parts or elements,
or the deactivation of a mechanical function.
To indicate the disengagement function.
This symbol may be rotated 90° or 180° for a
clearer visual representation.
9.8
Plus; increase; positive polarity
Application of
IEC 60417-5005
To identify the positive terminals of equipment
which is used with or generates direct current.
To indicate that a quantity is increasing or the
direction of control movement that increases a
quantity.
9.9
Minus; decrease; negative polarity
Application of
IEC 60417-5006
To identify the negative terminals of equipment
which is used with or generates direct current.
To indicate that a quantity is decreasing or the
direction of control movement that decreases a
quantity.
9.10
Lock
[ISO version]
ISO 7000-1656
To identify the location of a lock.
To identify the control that effects a locking
function.
To indicate that the component or function is in its
locked state.
Symbol IEC 60417-5569 (see 9.11) may be used
as an alternative.
9.11
Lock
[IEC version]
Application of
IEC 60417-5569
See description for ISO7000-1656 (see 9.10).
This symbol is an alternative to ISO 7000-1656
(see 9.10).
9.12
Unlock
[ISO version]
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that effects an unlocking
function.
To indicate that the component or function is in its
unlocked state.
Symbol IEC 60417-5570 (see 9.13) may be used
as an alternative.
8
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
9.13
Symbol title and description
Unlock
[IEC version]
ISO/IEC
registration number
Application of
IEC 60417-5570
See description for.
This symbol is an alternative to the symbol in 9.12.
9.14
Horn
ISO 7000-0244
To identify the control for the horn.
9.15
Lighter
ISO 7000-0620
To identify the cigarette lighter.
9.16
Battery charging condition
ISO 7000-0247
To indicate whether the battery is charging.
To indicate the operational status of the battery.
When displayed on a red background, this symbol
indicates that the battery has reached a low level
of charge.
9.17
Battery disconnect; battery shut-off
ISO 7000-2063
To identify the control that disconnects the battery
from the electrical system.
To indicate that the battery has been
disconnected.
9.18
Battery fluid level
ISO 7000-2455
To indicate the battery fluid level.
To identify the battery fluid fill point.
9.19
Battery, failure
To indicate that the battery has failed or
malfunctioned.
9.20
Clock; time switch; timer
Application of
ISO 7000-2456
IEC 60417-5184
To identify clock or timer functions.
To identify the control that activates a clock, time
switch, or timer.
To identify the control that allows setting of time
and date on electronic displays.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
9
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
9.21
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Clock, malfunction
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the clock has malfunctioned.
9.22
Hourmeter; elapsed operating hours
ISO 7000-1366
To indicate the number of hours that the
component has been operating.
To indicate the operating interval at which service
or maintenance functions should be performed.
Use as a symbol element to indicate a quantity per
hour.
9.23
Volume, empty
ISO 7000-1563
To indicate that the container is empty.
To identify the empty reading or indicator position
on the display or container.
9.24
Volume, half-full
ISO 7000-1564
To indicate that the container is half-full.
To identify the half-full reading or indicator position
on the display or container.
9.25
Volume, full
ISO 7000-1565
To indicate that the container is full.
To identify the full reading or indicator position on
the display or container.
9.26
Control lever operating direction, dualdirection
ISO 7000-1436
To indicate the control for operation of in two
directions.
To indicate the directions in which the control
moves.
This symbol may be rotated to indicate the angle
of control operation in two directions.
Place appropriate symbols at arrowheads to
indicate the action effected by movement of the
control.
10
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
9.27
Symbol title and description
Control lever operating direction, multipledirection
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-1703
To indicate the control for operation of in multiple
directions, generally forward-rearward and leftright.
To indicate the directions in which the control
moves.
Place appropriate symbols at arrowheads to
indicate the action effected by movement of the
control.
9.28
Joystick control mode
To identify the control that places the machine,
equipment, or function in joystick control mode.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the machine, equipment, or
function is in joystick control mode.
9.29
Pull switch, switch position pulled out; pull to
activate
ISO 7000-1154
To identify a control that is activated by pulling out.
To indicate that the pull switch is pulled out
(activated)
9.30
Pull switch, switch position pushed in; push to
deactivate
ISO 7000-1155
To identify a control that is deactivated by pushing
in.
To indicate that the pull switch is pushed in
(deactivated).
9.31
Forward or rearward movement, general
To identify the control or control that moves the
machine in a forward or rearward direction.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the machine is moving forward or
rearward.
Use this symbol when identification of the machine
type is not required or when an appropriate
machine representation is not available.
9.32
Forward movement, general
ISO 7000-0775
To identify the control or control that moves the
machine in a forward direction.
To indicate that the machine is moving forward.
Use this symbol when identification of the machine
type is not required or when an appropriate
machine representation is not available.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
11
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
9.33
Symbol title and description
ISO/IEC
registration number
Rearward movement, general
ISO 7000-0776
To identify the control that moves the machine in a
rearward direction.
To indicate that the machine is moving rearward.
Use this symbol when identification of the machine
type is not required.
Use this symbol when identification of the machine
type is not required or when an appropriate
machine representation is not available.
9.34
Clockwise rotation
ISO 7000-0258
To identify clockwise rotational movement.
9.35
Anti-clockwise rotation
ISO 7000-0937
To identify anti-clockwise rotational movement.
9.36
Direction of continuous rotation, clockwise
ISO 7000-0440
To indicate continuous clockwise rotational
movement.
9.37
Direction of continuous rotation, anticlockwise
ISO 7000-0941
To indicate continuous anti-clockwise rotational
movement.
9.38
Direction of interrupted rotation, clockwise
ISO 7000-0942
To indicate interrupted clockwise rotational
movement.
9.39
Direction of interrupted rotation, anticlockwise
ISO 7000-0943
To indicate interrupted anti-clockwise rotational
movement.
9.40
Rotary repeated positioning
ISO 7000-0436
To identify the control that activates repeated
positioning in a rotary direction.
12
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
9.41
Symbol title and description
Grease lubrication point; lubricate with grease;
grease lubrication
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-0787
To identify the locations on a machine or
equipment which should be lubricated with grease.
To identify the container for grease.
To indicate the need for service with grease.
This symbol may be combined with symbol in
clause 9.22 to indicate service intervals for
components lubricated with grease.
9.42
Oil lubrication point; lubricate with oil;
lubricating oil
Application of
ISO 7000-0391
To identify the locations on a machine or
equipment which should be lubricated with oil.
To indicate the need for service with oil.
This symbol may be combined with symbol in
clause 9.22 to indicate service intervals for
components lubricated with oil.
9.43
Lift point
ISO 7000-1368
To identify the locations on a machine where a
lifting device can be attached.
9.44
Tow point
ISO 7000-2686
To identify the locations on a machine where a
lifting device can be attached.
This symbol is the same as ISO 7000-1368 except
that this symbol is rotated 90° anti-clockwise.
9.45
Jack support point; central support
ISO 7000-0642
To identify the locations on a machine where a
lifting jack or support device can be used.
This symbol shall be used filled.
9.46
Tie down point
ISO 7000-2069
To indicate the locations on a machine or
equipment that are to be used to secure the
machine (for example, to a railroad car) or to
prevent equipment from moving during transport.
9.47
Reservoir
ISO 7000-0359
To identify a reservoir.
The type of reservoir may be indicated by a
symbol to represent the material contained in the
reservoir.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
13
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
9.48
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Filling
ISO 7000-0028
To indicate the filling of the container.
This symbol does not specify the material with
which the container is being filled.
9.49
Draining; emptying
ISO 7000-0029
To indicate the draining or emptying of the
container.
This symbol does not specify the material which is
being drained or emptied.
9.50
Read operator's manual
ISO 7000-0790
To indicate that the operator's manual should be
consulted.
To identify the location where the operator's
manual is stored.
9.51
Service indicator; read technical manual
ISO 7000-1659
To indicate that the technical manual should be
consulted.
To identify the location where the technical manual
is stored.
To indicate that the machine or equipment
requires service.
To identify the control used to select diagnostic
options or to display diagnostic codes.
9.52
Cup holder
ISO 7000-2583
To identify the location of the cup holder.
9.53
Dipstick
ISO 7000-1318
To identify the equipment used to determine the
level of fluid by inserting the equipment into a
specified location, withdrawing the equipment, and
examining the mark left by the residual fluid.
To identify the dipstick location.
This symbol does not specify the fluid that is
measured by the dipstick.
9.54
Moving machine alarm; rearward moving
vehicle alarm
ISO 7000-2104
To identify the control that sounds an alarm to
alert persons when the machine is moving
rearward.
To indicate the operational status of the rearward
moving machine alarm.
14
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
9.55
Symbol title and description
Moving machine alarm, cancel; rearward
moving vehicle alarm, cancel
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-2240
To identify the control that cancels or switches off
the rearward moving machine alarm.
9.56
Radar sensor
To identify the control for the radar sensor.
Application of
ISO 7000-2241
To indicate that data (for example, to determine
machine ground speed) have been obtained using
radar.
9.57
Satellite reception mode, general
IEC 60417-5464
To identify the control that enables the equipment
to receive satellite broadcasting transmissions.
To indicate that the equipment is in the satellite
reception mode.
9.58
Global positioning (GPS) sensor
To indicate that data (for example, to determine
machine ground speed) have been obtained using
the satellite global positioning system.
Groups of letters
are not registered in
ISO 7000
To identify the control for the GPS sensor.
9.59
Latitude and longitude
To identify the control that sets the current or
default latitude and longitude.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate latitude and longitude.
9.60
Aerial; antenna
IEC 60417-5039
To identify the aerial (antenna).
This symbol should be used unless it is essential
to specify the type of aerial (antenna).
9.61
Wireless communications
To identify the control that enables or activates
wireless communications.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the operational status of the wireless
communications function.
9.62
Urgent alert indicator
ISO 7000-2301
To indicate a condition that requires immediate
attention by the operator.
Use as an “urgent alert” indicator to call attention
to another (already existing) symbol.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
15
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
9.63
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Information alert
ISO 7000-2760
To indicate that one or more functions or systems
on the machine or equipment are operating
outside normal parameters in such a way as to
require that the operator be alerted, but not
necessarily to require active attention or
monitoring of the function or system.
This symbol shall be shown with blue outer border,
white inner border, blue background, and white
letter.
This symbol is registered in ISO 7000 with the title
"product information; information point" and a
different description.
9.64
Operator alert
ISO 7000-2813
To indicate that one or more functions or systems
on the machine or equipment are operating
outside normal parameters in such a way as to
require attention or further monitoring of the
function or system, but not necessarily to require
shutting down the machine or equipment.
This symbol shall be shown as a black outline
diamond and black exclamation mark on a yellow
background. The yellow background may be
extended beyond the limit of the black outline
diamond.
Do not use this symbol for alerting to personal
safety hazards.
9.65
Engine, urgent stop; engine, emergency stop
To instruct the operator to stop the engine as soon
as possible.
To be ISO 7000
registered
This symbol shall be shown with red outer border,
white inner border, red background, and white
letters.
9.66
Manual control; manual operation; manual
start
[version A]
ISO 7000-0096
To identify the control that activates manual
control.
To indicate that the function is in manual control
mode.
Use as a symbol element in a combined symbol or
in conjunction with a function symbol to indicate
manual operating mode.
Symbol ISO 7000-2684 (see 9.67 is an alternative.
16
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
9.67
Symbol title and description
Manual operation; manual start
[version B]
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-2684
See description for ISO 7000-0096 (see 9.66.
Alternative to ISO 7000-0086 (see 9.66).
This symbol may be rotated 90° clockwise.
Rotated symbol may be mirror-imaged.
Symbol ISO 7000-2684 is registered with the title
"manual activation control".
9.68
Automatic operation; automatic start
To identify the control that selects the automatic
mode for a function.
Groups of letters
are not registered in
ISO 7000
To identify the control that activates automatic
control.
To indicate that the function is in automatic control
mode.
Use as a symbol element in a combined symbol or
in conjunction with a function symbol to indicate
automatic operating mode.
9.69
Counter
To indicate a counting function.
Application of
ISO 7000-0695
To indicate the count of a quantity produced in the
current job or time interval since the last reset.
9.70
Counter reset
ISO 7000-2750
To identify the control that sets the count in the
counter to zero.
To identify the control that sets the value of a
measured or displayed quantity to zero.
9.71
Roadway travel mode
ISO 7000-2310
To identify the control that brings the machine to a
condition where it can travel on public roadways.
To indicate that the machine is set up for travel on
public roadways.
9.72
Roadway travel mode, cancel
To identify the control that takes the machine to a
condition where it should not travel on public
roadways.
Negation of
ISO 7000-2310
To indicate that the machine is not set up for travel
on public roadways.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
17
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
9.73
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Fast operation
ISO 7000-2810
To indicate the fast setting of an operating range.
To identify the control for fast operation.
To identify the control direction of movement that
increases speed of operation.
This symbol shall be used filled..
9.74
Intermediate speed operation
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the intermediate speed setting of an
operating range.
To identify the control for intermediate speed
operation.
This symbol shall be used outline.
9.75
Slow operation
ISO 7000-2811
To indicate the slow setting of an operating range.
To identify the control for slow operation.
To identify the control direction of movement that
decreases speed of operation.
This symbol shall be used filled.
9.76
Very slow operation; creeper gear
ISO 7000-2812
To indicate the very slow setting off an operating
range.
To identify the control direction of movement that
decreases speed of operation to its slowest
setting.
To identify the creeper gear of the transmission.
To indicate that the transmission is operating in its
creeper gear.
This symbol shall be used filled.
9.77
Temperature, high
To identify the high temperature position of a
control.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the temperature is at a high level.
Color may be red to signify warm/hot
temperatures.
9.78
Temperature, low
To identify the low temperature position of a
control.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the temperature is at a low level.
Color may be blue to signify cool/cold
temperatures.
18
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
9.79
Symbol title and description
Temperature limit
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-0632
To identify the control that sets the maximum and
minimum temperature limits.
The temperature values may be shown adjacent to
the symbol, preferably with the minimum
temperature on the left side and the maximum
temperature on the right side.
See also ISO 7000-0533 and ISO 7000-0534.
9.80
Upper temperature limit; maximum
temperature
ISO 7000-0533
To identify the control that sets the maximum
temperature limit.
To indicate the maximum temperature limit.
The temperature value may be shown adjacent to
the symbol, preferably on the right side.
See also symbols ISO 7000-0632 and ISO 70000534.
9.81
Lower temperature limit; minimum temperature
ISO 7000-0534
To identify the control that sets the minimum
temperature limit.
To indicate the minimum temperature limit.
The temperature value may be shown adjacent to
the symbol, preferably on the left side.
See also symbols ISO 7000-0632 and ISO 70000533.
9.82
External electrical connection, enable
To identify the location for connecting the electrical
power for an external electrical component.
Application of
IEC 60417-5939
To identify the control that enables the external
electrical connection.
To indicate that the external electrical connection
is enabled.
ISO 7000-5939 is registered with the title "power
supply, type of electric device".
9.83
External electrical component, connected
To indicate that the external electrical component
is connected.
9.84
Fuse box access
To be ISO 7000
registered
ISO 7000-2567
To identify the fuse box.
To identify the location of the fuse box.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
19
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
9.85
Symbol title and description
ISO/IEC
registration number
Limited performance mode
ISO 7000-2639
To indicate that the machine has taken action to
reduce electrical power consumption.
Convenience functions with high energy demand
(for example, air conditioning) are likely to have
their performance degraded first. Machine
performance functions may also be altered to
conserve electrical energy.
9.86
Smart key
ISO 7000-2849
To indicate that a smart key is required to start or
operate the machine or equipment.
Use an orange indicator to communicate that a
smart key is not detected. The indicator is
illuminated orange when an attempt is made to
start the machine or equipment without a smart
key being detected.
9.87
Fire extinguisher
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the fire extinguisher or its location.
To identify the control for the fire extinguisher.
To indicate the operational status of the fire
extinguisher.
9.88
Diagnostic port, general
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the location of the port to which
diagnostic equipment is connected.
To indicate that the diagnostic port is in use.
This symbol does not specify the machine
components or functions. For specific machine
systems, components, or functions, add a symbol
element to identify the system, component, or
function.
See also symbol in 10.63.
9.89
Electronic control unit (ECU), general
To identify the computer or microchip that collects
data on the performance of machine systems,
controls their operations, or adjusts operating
conditions in response to inputs.
To be ISO 7000
registered
This symbol does not specify the machine
components or functions. For specific machine
systems, components, or functions, add a symbol
element to identify the system, component, or
function.
See also symbols in 10.62 and 11.23.
20
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
9.90
Symbol title and description
ISO/IEC
registration number
Variability, linear adjustment
IEC 60417-5004
To indicate continuous variability of a quantity.
To identify the control by means of which a
quantity is continuously increased or decreased.
The controlled quantity increases with the size of
the graphical element.
Use when the variable quantity is adjusted by
linear movement of the control.
This symbol on a control button means a
continuous increase in quantity. Its mirror image
means a continuous decrease in quantity.
9.91
Variability in steps, linear adjustment
IEC 60417-5181
To indicate variability of a quantity in discrete
steps.
To identify the control by means of which a
quantity is increased or decreased in discrete
steps.
The controlled quantity increases with the size of
the graphical element.
Use when the variable quantity is adjusted by
linear movement of the control.
This symbol on a control button means a stepwise
increase in quantity. Its mirror image means a
stepwise decrease in quantity.
Use in conjunction with IEC 60417-5005 for
increase (see 9.8) and IEC 60417-5006 for
decrease (see 9.9).
9.92
Variability in steps, linear adjustment, lowest
setting
Application of
IEC 60417-5181
To indicate the lowest setting for variability of a
quantity in discrete steps.
To identify the control by means of which a
quantity is set at the lowest of several discrete
steps.
The controlled quantity increases with the size of
the graphical element.
Use when the variable quantity is adjusted by
linear movement of the control.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
21
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
9.93
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Variability in steps, linear adjustment, middle
setting
Application of
IEC 60417-5181
To indicate the medium setting for variability of a
quantity in discrete steps.
To identify the control by means of which a
quantity is set at the middle of several discrete
steps.
The controlled quantity increases with the size of
the graphical element.
Use when the variable quantity is adjusted by
linear movement of the control.
9.94
Variability in steps, linear adjustment, highest
setting
Application of
IEC 60417-5181
To indicate the highest setting for variability of a
quantity in discrete steps.
To identify the control by means of which a
quantity is set at the highest of several discrete
steps.
The controlled quantity increases with the size of
the graphical element.
Use when the variable quantity is adjusted by
linear movement of the control.
9.95
Continuous variability, linear adjustment, with
maximum step
IEC 60417-5183
To indicate continuous variability of a quantity with
an additional maximum step.
To identify the control by means of which a
quantity is increased or decreased. The maximum
value can be temporarily switched on by an
additional operation.
The controlled quantity increases with the size of
the graphical element; the maximum step is filled.
Use when the variable quantity is adjusted by
linear movement of the control.
9.96
Variability, rotational adjustment
ISO 7000-1364
To indicate continuous variability of a quantity.
To identify the control by means of which a
quantity is continuously increased or decreased.
The controlled quantity increases with the size of
the graphical element.
Use when the variable quantity is adjusted by
rotary movement of the control.
22
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
9.97
Symbol title and description
Variability in steps, rotational adjustment
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-2164
To indicate variability of a quantity in discrete
steps.
To identify the control by means of which a
quantity is increased or decreased in discrete
steps.
The controlled quantity increases with the size of
the graphical element.
Use when the variable quantity is adjusted by
rotary movement of the control.
Use in conjunction with IEC 60417-5005 for
increase (see 9.8) and IEC 60417-5006 for
decrease (see 9.9).
Radius of this symbol can be adjusted according
to the radius of the control.
9.98
Variability in steps, rotational adjustment,
lowest setting
Application of
ISO 7000-2164
To indicate the lowest setting for variability of a
quantity in discrete steps.
To identify the control by means of which a
quantity is set at the lowest of several discrete
steps.
The controlled quantity increases with the size of
the graphical element.
Use when the variable quantity is adjusted by
rotary movement of the control.
Radius of this symbol can be adjusted according
to the radius of the control.
9.99
Variability in steps, rotational adjustment,
medium setting
Application of
ISO 7000-2164
To indicate the medium setting for variability of a
quantity in discrete steps.
To identify the control by means of which a
quantity is set at the middle of several discrete
steps.
The controlled quantity increases with the size of
the graphical element.
Use when the variable quantity is adjusted by
rotary movement of the control.
Radius of this symbol can be adjusted according
to the radius of the control.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
23
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
9.100
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Variability in steps, rotational adjustment,
highest setting
Application of
ISO 7000-2164
To indicate the highest setting for variability of a
quantity in discrete steps.
To identify the control by means of which a
quantity is set at the highest of several discrete
steps.
The controlled quantity increases with the size of
the graphical element.
Use when the variable quantity is adjusted by
rotary movement of the control.
Radius of this symbol can be adjusted according
to the radius of the control.
9.101
Continuous variability, rotational adjustment,
with maximum step
IEC 60417-6020
To indicate continuous variability of a quantity with
an additional maximum step.
To identify the control by means of which a
quantity is increased or decreased. The maximum
value can be temporarily switched on by an
additional operation.
The controlled quantity increases with the size of
the graphical element; the maximum step is filled.
Use when the variable quantity is adjusted by
rotary movement of the control.
Radius of this symbol can be adjusted according
to the radius of the control.
9.102
Manual cleaning
ISO 7000-0423
To indicate that manual cleaning is required.
To instruct that a part or component should be
cleaned manually.
9.103
Target; target rate
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that sets the target rate.
To indicate the intended or specified quantity.
This symbol does not specify the material to which
the target rate applies.
Symbol may be simplified at small size
reproduction by removing the inner circle.
24
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
9.104
Symbol title and description
Target rate per area
To identify the control that sets the target rate per
unit of area.
ISO/IEC
registration number
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the target rate (quantity) per unit of
area.
This symbol does not specify the material to which
the target rate applies.
Symbol may be simplified at small size
reproduction by removing the inner circle.
9.105
Target rate per hour
To identify the control that sets the target rate per
hour.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the target rate (quantity) per hour.
This symbol does not specify the material to which
the target rate applies.
Symbol may be simplified at small size
reproduction by removing the inner circle.
9.106
Examine; check
ISO 7000-0421
To indicate an examination.
To instruct that a part, component, or process
should be examined or checked.
9.107
Check system; update system
To indicate that the system needs to be checked
or updated.
9.108
Acknowledgement; acceptance
To indicate that the function is complete or ready
to proceed to the next step.
To be ISO 7000
registered
Application of
ISO 7000-0422
To indicate acknowledgement or acceptance of
the message or information.
9.109
Assistance; query
To identify the control that activates an assistance
(help) screen or display window.
9.110
Enter data
To identify the control that sends data or a
message to the current application.
Application of
ISO 7000-0435
Application of
ISO 7000-1025
To identify the "enter data" control on electronic
performance monitors.
Arrow shall be used outline.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
25
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
9.111
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Save entered data
ISO 7000-2167
To identify the control that saves data that was
previously entered into the application.
Arrow shall be used filled.
9.112
Cancel; negation, general
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that cancels the current
operation.
To indicate that the identified function is switched
off or not available.
Alternative to ISO 7000-1028 (see 9.113).
This symbol is one of the two methods to negate
the meaning of a symbol according to IEC 804161. The single diagonal bar is the other method to
negate the meaning of a symbol. For example,
see ISO 7000-2240 (clause 9.55).
9.113
Cancel entered data
Application of
ISO 7000-1028
To identify the control that cancels the current
operation or deletes selected data.
Symbol in 9.112 is an alternative.
9.114
Reset
To identify the control that returns the machine
mode to a previously determined operating
condition or resets the content of an electronic file.
9.115
Monitor; display screen
Application of
ISO 7000-1027
Application of
IEC 60417-5049
To identify the control that selects video mode.
To identify a display screen.
To indicate the operational status of the display or
video monitor.
A series of display screens may be numbered or
otherwise identified for subsequent reference.
Use as a symbol element in combination with
other symbols to indicate video functions.
26
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
9.116
Symbol title and description
Color monitor; color display
To identify the control that selects color video
mode.
ISO/IEC
registration number
Application of
IEC 60417-5050
To identify a color display screen.
To indicate the operational status of the color
display or color video monitor.
If this symbol is reproduced in color, the colors of
the filled circles shall be red (lower left), blue (top),
and green (lower right).
Use this symbol only when it is necessary to
differentiate between monochrome and color
monitors or displays; otherwise use IEC 604175049 (see 9.115).
9.117
Brightness; daylight visibility conditions; day
mode
IEC 60417-5056
To identify the control that adjusts the brightness
on a display screen.
To identify the control that selects the brightness
of the display screen appropriate to daylight
visibility conditions.
To indicate that the display screen brightness is
adjusted to daylight visibility conditions.
9.118
Contrast
IEC 60417-5057
To identify the control that adjusts the contrast
between light and dark images on the display
screen.
9.119
Brightness and contrast
IEC 60417-5435
To identify the control that adjusts both brightness
and contrast on the display screen.
9.120
Night visibility conditions; night mode
To identify the control that selects the brightness
of the display screen appropriate to night visibility
conditions.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the display screen brightness is
adjusted to night visibility conditions.
9.121
Cancel display; dim monitor
To identify the control that cancels (deletes) the
electronic image displayed.
Application of
IEC 60417-5477
To identify the control that dims the monitor.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
27
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
9.122
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Highlight color
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that selects the color used
to emphasize (highlight) portions of the display.
To indicate the highlight color.
This symbol should be used in colour where
practicable.
9.123
Computer network
IEC 60417-5988
To identify the computer network.
To indicate that the device is connected to the
computer network.
To indicate the connecting terminals of the
computer network.
9.124
Memory disk; save function
IEC 60417-5884
To identify the cartridge type memory disk.
To identify the control that saves data to the
memory disk, compact disk (CD), digital video disk
(DVD), or computer hard drive.
Too indicate the operational status of the memory
disk.
To indicate that the memory disk has been
inserted.
9.125
Computer Mouse
IEC 60417-5990
To indicate that input is required via the computer
mouse.
To indicate the operational status of the computer
mouse.
9.126
Keyboard
IEC 60417-5991
To indicate that data input is required via the
computer keyboard.
To indicate the operational status of the computer
keyboard.
9.127
Still camera; screen shot
IEC 60417-5885
To identify the control for the electronic or
photographic still camera.
To identify the control for a screen shot, which
captures the electronic image that is currently
displayed on the screen.
9.128
Video camera
To identify the controls for the video camera.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the operational status of the video
camera.
Symbol may be mirror-imaged to indicate a
rearward-facing video camera.
28
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
9.129
Symbol title and description
Radio
ISO/IEC
registration number
IEC 60417-5085
To identify the control for the radio or audio
equipment.
To indicate that the audio equipment is in the radio
mode.
9.130
Record mode
IEC 60417-5547
To identify the control that activates the record
function.
To indicate that the function is recording.
This symbol shall be used filled.
9.131
Pause mode
To identify the control that pauses the record or
play function.
Application of
IEC 60417-5111B
To indicate that the recording or playing of the
function is paused.
9.132
Stop
To identify the control that stops the record or play
function.
Application of
IEC 60417-5110B
To indicate that the recording or playing of the
function is stopped.
The primary application of this symbol is audio
tapes, video tapes, compact disks (CD), digital
video disks (DVD), memory disks, and computer
programs.
IEC 60417-5110B is registered as an outline
square. A filled square is registered as IEC 604175327 with the title "large focal spot". However, the
filled square is commonly used on audiovisual
equipment with the meaning "stop".
9.133
Eject, general
To identify the control that ejects audio tapes,
video tapes, compact disks (CD), digital video
disks (DVD), or memory disks.
Application of
IEC 60417-5459
Use this symbol when the type of media being
ejected is either unspecified or obvious in context.
9.134
Normal play; normal run
IEC 60417-5107B
To identify the control that plays the audio or
visual program at normal speed.
To indicate that the program is in normal play
mode.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
29
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
9.135
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Reverse play; reverse run
Mirror image
application of
IEC 60417-5107B
To identify the control that plays the audio or
visual program in reverse normal speed.
To indicate that the program is in reverse play
mode.
9.136
Fast forward mode
IEC 60417-5108B
To identify the control that advances the program
at fast normal speed.
To indicate that the program is in fast forward
mode.
If the program is in play mode (see IEC 604175107B in 9.134) the program will advance at faster
than normal speed but slower than maximum
speed.
If the program is in stop mode (see IEC 604175110B in 9.132) the program will advance at
maximum speed.
9.137
Fast reverse mode
To identify the control that reverses the program at
fast speed.
Mirror image
application of
IEC 60417-5108B
To indicate that the program is in fast reverse
mode.
If the program is in play mode (see IEC 604175107B in 9.134) the program will reverse at faster
than normal speed but slower than maximum
speed.
If the program is in stop mode (see IEC 604175110B in 9.132) the program will reverse at
maximum speed.
9.138
Next; play next part
IEC 60417-5961
To identify the control that advances to the next
part of the program.
If the program is in play mode (see IEC 604175107B in 9.134) the program will play the next
part.
If the program is in stop mode ((see IEC 604175110B in 9.132) the program will advance to the
next part, then stop.
30
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
9.139
Symbol title and description
Previous; play previous part
To identify the control that moves to the previous
part of the program.
ISO/IEC
registration number
Mirror image
application of
IEC 60417-5961
From the beginning of a part, the program will
move to the beginning of the previous part.
From within a part, the program will move to the
beginning of the current part.
If the program is in play mode (see IEC 604175107B in 9.134) at the beginning of a part, the
program will play the previous part from its
beginning. If the program is in stop mode within a
part, the program will move to the beginning of the
current part, then play.
If the program is in stop mode (see IEC 604175110B in 9.132) at the beginning of a part, the
program will move to the beginning of the previous
part, then stop. If the program is in stop mode
within a part, the program will move to the
beginning of the current part, then stop.
9.140
Headphones, general
IEC 60417-5077
To identify the connection or controls for the
headphones.
To indicate that the headphones are connected or
switched on.
Use this symbol for stereophonic as well as
monophonic headphones unless differentiation is
necessary, in which case use IEC 60417-5078
(see 9.141) for stereophonic headphones.
9.141
Headphones, stereophonic
IEC 60417-5078
To identify the connection of controls for the
stereophonic headphones.
To indicate that the stereophonic headphones are
connected or switched on.
Use this symbol only when differentiation between
monophonic and stereophonic headphones is
necessary. Otherwise use IEC 60417-5077 (see
9.140).
9.142
Telephone, general
IEC 60417-5090
To identify the control that activates the telephone
function.
To identify the location of the telephone.
To indicate the operational status of the telephone
function
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
31
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
9.143
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Speak
IEC 60417-5210
To identify the control for the speak function on the
telephone, speech recognition system, or similar
device.
9.144
Sound muting
IEC 60417-5436
To identify the control for suppressing (muting) the
sound.
To indicate that the sound is muted.
9.145
Setup, general; settings, general
IEC 60417-5849
To identify the control that provides access to set
control or operating parameters for a specified
function.
The filled circle may be deleted and replaced by
an appropriate symbol for the relevant function.
9.146
Advanced settings, general
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that provides access to
advanced or next level settings and setup
functions.
The filled circle may be deleted and replaced by
an appropriate symbol for the relevant function.
9.147
Activation settings
To indicate that an activation code is needed to
download a software program of to use a software
feature.
Application of ISO
7000-0716
To identify the control that allows the user to enter
a license number or activation code for an
advanced software feature.
ISO 7000-0716 is registered with the title "call key
operator; call for assistance" and a different
description.
9.148
Navigate menu options
ISO 7000-2814
To identify the control that moves through a menu
of available options (selectable items).
A second (down) arrow can be added to indicate
bidirectional navigation.
9.149
Home Position
To identify the control that takes the display to the
"home" page of the menus or to a known (userdefined) location in the display hierarchy.
Application of
IEC 60417-5957
To identify the entry for the home phone number in
the listing of telephone numbers.
32
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
9.150
Symbol title and description
Transfer image; switch display screens; go to
next virtual terminal (VT)
ISO/IEC
registration number
IEC 60417-5892
To identify the control that transfers the displayed
image to a second screen.
To identify the control that switches from one
display screen or virtual terminal to another.
9.151
Image interchange
IEC 60417-5794
To identify the control that interchanges the
displayed images between two screens.
To indicate that an interchange of displayed
images is taking place.
9.152
Display mode, rotate through displays
To identify the control that selects the display
mode by rotating through the available displays.
9.153
Next page
[version A]
To be ISO 7000
registered
ISO 7000-2034
To identify the control that displays the next page
in sequence.
This symbol is preferred in most applications.
Symbol in 9.154 is an alternative.
9.154
Next page
[version B]
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that displays the next page
in sequence.
Alternative to ISO 7000-2034 (see 9.153).
Use this symbol only for navigation on a graphical
user interface.
Do not use this symbol unless its contextual
meaning is unambiguous.
9.155
Previous page
[version A]
ISO 7000-2033
To identify the control that displays the previous
page in sequence.
This symbol is preferred in most applications.
Symbol in 9.156 is an alternative.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
33
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
9.156
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Previous page
[version B]
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that displays the previous
page.
Alternative to ISO 7000-2033 (see 9.155).
Use this symbol only for navigation on a graphical
user interface.
Do not use this symbol unless its contextual
meaning is unambiguous.
9.157
Toggle; cycle
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that toggles or cycles
between two functions.
This symbol does not specify the functions.
9.158
Zoom in
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that magnifies an image so
that a smaller area is seen in greater detail.
9.159
Zoom out
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that reduces an image so
that a larger area is seen in lesser detail.
9.160
Transmit page/document
ISO 7000-1965
To identify the control that transmits the page,
document, or data.
To indicate that the page, document, or data is
being transmitted or has been transmitted.
9.161
Receive page/document
ISO 7000-1966
To indicate that the page, document, or data is
being received or has been received.
9.162
Simultaneous transmission
ISO 7000-2658
To identify the control that enables simultaneous
transmission of pages, documents, or data. To
identify that simultaneous transmission is
occurring or enabled.
Symbol can be used in conjunction with ISO 70001965 (see 9.160) and ISO 7000-1966 (see 9.161.
34
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
9.163
Symbol title and description
Electrical power, accessories; electrical
system
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-2302
To identify the control (such as a key switch
position) that allows electrical power to accessory
functions (such as the radio) without operation of
the engine.
To indicate that electrical power is available for
operating accessory functions.
To indicate the electrical system in general.
9.164
Electrical system, malfunction
To indicate that the electrical system has a
malfunction.
9.165
Return to initial state
To be ISO 7000
registered
IEC 60417-5495
To identify the control which returns a device to its
original or initial state.
The filled circle may be deleted and an appropriate
symbol for the function inserted.
9.166
Resume operation using previous operating
parameters
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that returns the function to
its previously specified operating parameters and
resumes operation of the function.
9.167
Resume operation using previous operating
parameters, automatic
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that automatically returns
the function to its previously specified operating
parameters and resumes operation of the function.
To indicate that the resume operation function is in
automatic mode.
9.168
Interchange
To identify the control that interchanges or allows
the interchange of functions or equipment.
Application of
ISO 7000-0273
To indicate that an interchange of functions or
equipment is taking place.
9.169
Language selection; language setup
To identify the control that selects the language to
be displayed.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that displays the languages
that are available for the display.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
35
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
9.170
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
One cycle
Application of
ISO 7000-0426
To identify the control that activates one cycle.
To indicate activation of one cycle.
9.171
Automatic cycle mode
To identify the control that activates the automatic
cycle mode of a function.
Application of
ISO 7000-0026
To indicate that the function is in the automatic
cycle mode.
The function is not specified by this symbol. An
appropriate symbol can be inserted to indicate the
function.
9.172
Number of automatic cycles
To identify the control that sets the number of
automatic cycles to be performed.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the number of automatic cycles
selected or remaining.
The function is not specified by this symbol.
The "#" can be replaced by the appropriate
numerical value.
9.173
Weight
ISO 7000-0430
To indicate the weight of an object that may be
lifted or is being lifted.
9.174
Pressure rollers
ISO 7000-0551
To identify the control for pressure rollers.
To indicate roller contact pressure.
9.175
Material thickness
ISO 7000-1069
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
thickness of material being processed.
To indicate the thickness of material being
processed.
This symbol does not specify the material being
processed.
9.176
Air pressure, general
To identify the control for air pressure in general.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate air pressure.
36
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
9.177
Symbol title and description
Accumulator
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-0870
To identify the device that stores fluid at
appropriate working pressure of the hydraulic or
pneumatic system.
To identify the control for the accumulator.
9.178
Accumulator pressure; accumulator,
pressurized
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the pressurized accumulator.
To indicate that the accumulator is pressurized.
To identify the control for setting the accumulator
pressure.
To indicate the accumulator pressure.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
37
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
10 Engine symbols
Graphical
symbol
10.1
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Engine; reciprocating internal combustion
engine
ISO 7000-1156
To identify the internal combustion engine.
To indicate the operational status of the engine.
Use as a symbol element in the development of
related symbols.
10.2
Engine lubricating oil
ISO 7000-1372
To identify the fill point for engine oil.
To identify the container for engine oil.
10.3
Engine lubricating oil pressure
ISO 7000-1374
To identify the display that provides information
about the engine oil pressure.
To indicate the engine oil pressure.
10.4
Engine lubricating oil level
ISO 7000-1373
To identify the display that provides information
about the quantity of oil in the engine lubrication
system.
To indicate the engine oil level.
10.5
Engine lubricating oil filter
ISO 7000-1376
To identify the display that provides information
about the engine oil filter.
To identify the engine oil filter.
To indicate the operational status of the engine oil
filter.
10.6
Engine oil filter pressure
To identify the display that provides information
about the pressure drop across the engine oil
filter.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the engine oil filter pressure.
10.7
Engine lubricating oil temperature
ISO 7000-1375
To identify the display that provides information
about the engine oil temperature.
To indicate the engine oil temperature.
10.8
Engine coolant
ISO 7000-1377
To identify the fill point for engine coolant.
To identify the container for engine coolant.
38
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
10.9
Symbol title and description
Engine coolant pressure
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-1379
To identify the display that provides information
about the engine coolant pressure.
To indicate the engine coolant pressure.
10.10
Engine coolant level
ISO 7000-1378
To identify the display that provides information
about the quantity of coolant in the engine cooling
system.
To indicate the engine coolant level.
10.11
Engine coolant filter
ISO 7000-1562
To identify the display that provides information
about the engine coolant filter.
To identify the engine coolant filter.
To indicate the operational status of the engine
coolant filter.
10.12
Engine coolant temperature
ISO 7000-1380
To identify the display that provides information
about the engine coolant temperature.
To indicate the engine coolant temperature.
10.13
Engine intake air; combustion air
ISO 7000-1381
To identify the combustion air or air intake of an
internal combustion engine.
Intake (combustion) air symbol element shall be
used outline.
10.14
Engine intake air pressure; combustion air
pressure
ISO 7000-1382
To identify the display that provides information
about the engine intake (combustion) air pressure.
To indicate the engine intake (combustion) air
pressure.
Intake (combustion) air symbol element shall be
used outline.
10.15
Engine intake air filter; combustion air filter
ISO 7000-1170
To identify the display that provides information
about the engine intake (combustion) air filter.
To identify the engine intake (combustion) air filter.
To identify the location of the engine intake
(combustion) air filter.
To indicate the operational status of the engine
intake air filter.
Intake (combustion) air symbol element shall be
used outline.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
39
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
10.16
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Engine intake (combustion) air filter pressure
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the display that provides information
about the pressure drop across the engine intake
(combustion) air filter.
To indicate the engine intake (combustion) air filter
pressure.
10.17
Engine intake air temperature; combustion air
temperature
ISO 7000-1383
To identify the display that provides information
about the engine intake (combustion) air
temperature.
To indicate the engine intake (combustion) air
temperature.
Intake (combustion) air symbol element shall be
used outline.
10.18
Intake air, preheat
ISO 7000-2434
To identify the control that preheats the engine
intake air.
To indicate the operational status of the engine
intake air preheat system.
10.19
Engine exhaust gas
ISO 7000-1384
To identify the exhaust gas or exhaust gas outlet
of an internal combustion engine.
Exhaust gas symbol element shall be used filled.
10.20
Engine exhaust gas pressure
ISO 7000-1385
To identify the display that provides information
about the engine exhaust gas pressure.
To indicate the engine exhaust gas pressure.
Exhaust gas symbol element shall be used filled.
10.21
Engine exhaust gas temperature
ISO 7000-1388
To identify the display that provides information
about the engine exhaust gas temperature.
To indicate the engine exhaust gas temperature.
Exhaust gas symbol element shall be used filled.
10.22
Engine start
ISO 7000-1387
To identify the control (such as a key switch
position) used to start the engine.
To indicate that the engine is being started
(cranked) but is not yet operating.
40
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
10.23
Symbol title and description
Engine, electrical preheat (low temperature
start aid)
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-1704
To identify the control that electrically heats the
engine to assist in starting at low temperatures.
To indicate that the engine electrical preheat is
activated.
10.24
Engine diesel preheat (low temperature start
aid); engine glow plugs (low temperature start
aid)
ISO 7000-0457
To identify the control that activates the diesel
engine glow plugs to assist in starting the engine
at low temperatures.
To indicate that the diesel engine glow plugs are
activated.
10.25
Engine start aid, gas injection
ISO 7000-1547
To identify the control that injects a volatile gas
(for example, ether) into the engine cylinders to
assist in starting at low temperatures.
10.26
Engine run
To identify the control position that indicates the
engine, once started, will continue to operate.
Application of
ISO 7000-2303
To indicate that the engine is operating.
10.27
Engine stop
ISO 7000-1388
To identify the control (such as a key switch
position) used to stop the engine.
To indicate that the engine is stopped or should be
stopped.
10.28
Engine failure or malfunction
ISO 7000-1371
To indicate a possible engine failure or
malfunction.
To indicate that the engine is operating outside the
specified range of parameters.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
41
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
10.29
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Engine system temperature
To indicate that the temperature of one or more
engine system functions (for example: oil, coolant,
intake air, exhaust gas) is outside normal
operating parameters.
To be ISO 7000
registered
Use this symbol only when the monitored function
is not specified.
For engine oil temperature, use ISO 7000-1375
(see 10.7). For engine coolant temperature, use
ISO 7000-1380 (see 10.12). For engine intake air
temperature, use ISO 7000-1838 (see 10.17). For
engine exhaust gas temperature, use ISO 70001388 (see 10.21).
10.30
Crankcase air/ventilation filter
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the filter for the air that flows into the
engine crankcase.
To indicate the operational status of the crankcase
air/ventilation filter.
10.31
Application of
ISO 7000-1389
Engine rotational speed (revolutions per
minute)
To identify the control that sets the rotational
speed of the engine.
To identify the display that provides information
about the rotational speed of the engine.
To indicate the rotational speed of the engine.
10.32
Engine rotational speed, automatic control
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the switch or switch position for the
automatic control of engine rotational speed.
To indicate that engine rotational speed is in the
automatic control mode.
10.33
Engine rotational speed, first set speed
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that establishes the first set
speed for the engine.
To indicate the engine first set speed.
10.34
Engine rotational speed, second set speed
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that establishes the second
set speed for the engine.
To indicate the engine second set speed.
Use sequential numerals, in the location indicated,
as needed for additional set speeds.
42
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
10.35
Symbol title and description
Engine rotational speed, high idle speed
To identify the control for the high idle engine
speed.
ISO/IEC
registration number
Application of
ISO 7000-2883
To indicate that the engine is operating at high idle
engine speed.
Symbol ISO 7000-2883 is registered with the title
"high engine speed".
10.36
Engine rotational speed, low idle speed
To identify the control for the low idle engine
speed.
Application of
ISO 7000-2884
To indicate that the engine is operating at low idle
engine speed.
Symbol ISO 7000-2884 is registered with the title
"low engine speed".
10.37
Engine rotational speed, increase/decrease
To identify the control that increases or decreases
the engine rotational speed by switching between
two specified values.
10.38
Engine rotational speed, instantaneous
increase
To be ISO 7000
registered
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that increases the engine
rotational speed.
10.39
Engine rotational speed, automatic increase
To identify the control that automatically increases
the engine rotational speed.
10.40
Engine rotational speed, maximum
To identify the control that sets the maximum
engine rotational speed.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the maximum engine rotational speed.
10.41
Engine rotational speed, instantaneous
decrease
Application of
ISO 7000-2308
To identify the control that decreases the engine
rotational speed.
10.42
Engine rotational speed, automatic decrease
To identify the control that automatically
decreases the engine rotational speed.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
Application of
ISO 7000-2309
43
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Engine rotational speed, instantaneous
decrease, off or not available
10.43
Negation of
ISO 7000-2309
To indicate that the control that decreases the
engine rotational speed is switched off or is
otherwise not available for use.
To indicate that the engine speed is decoupled
from the transmission speed so that a decrease in
engine speed does not decrease transmission
speed.
Engine cooling fan
10.44
ISO 7000-2798
To identify the control for the fan which pulls air
through the radiator to cool the engine.
To indicate the operational status of the engine
cooling fan.
Engine power
10.45
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the engine power output or the rated
engine power.
Engine, power boost
10.46
ISO 7000-2797
To identify the control which enables an increase
in engine power beyond the normal maximum.
To indicate that the engine is operating beyond its
normal maximum power.
Engine, percent of rated power
10.47
To identify the control that sets the operating
engine power as a percent of rated engine power.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the actual power output as a percent of
engine rated power
10.48
10.49
New symbol in
development
Engine, performance derate
Description to be added.
Engine choke (start aid)
To be ISO 7000
registered
ISO 7000-0243
To identify the control that adjusts the air-to-fuel
ratio in the combustion chamber to assist in
starting the engine.
10.50
Engine primer (start aid)
ISO 7000-1370
To identify the control that primes the engine with
fuel to assist in starting.
44
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
10.51
Symbol title and description
Engine emissions system
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-2945
To identify the engine emissions system. To
indicate the operational status of the engine
emissions system.
10.52
Engine emissions system, failure or
malfunction
ISO 7000-2596B
To indicate that the engine emissions system has
failed or is malfunctioning.
10.53
Engine emissions system filter; diesel
particulate filter; diesel particulate filter,
regeneration
ISO 7000-2433
To identify the diesel particulate filter (filter for the
engine emissions system). To identify the location
of the diesel particulate filter. To indicate the
operational status (degree of soot loading) of the
diesel particulate filter. To indicate that the diesel
particulate filter is in need of regeneration. To
identify the control that requests or starts an active
regeneration of the diesel particulate filter.
10.54
Engine emissions system temperature; diesel
particulate filter, regeneration underway
ISO 7000-2844A
To indicate that the engine emissions system
temperature may be high or falls outside of normal
or specified operating parameters.
10.55
To indicate the engine emissions system
temperature.
To indicate that active regeneration of the diesel
particulate filter is underway and elevated
emission system temperatures are possible;
engine operation can be affected.
ISO 7000-2844B
Either symbol may be used in order to coordinate
with other symbols on the machine.
10.56
Engine emissions system filter, regeneration,
disable (inhibit); diesel particulate filter,
regeneration, disable (inhibit)
ISO 7000-2947
To identify the control that disables or prevents
(inhibits) active regeneration of the engine
emissions system filter (diesel particulate filter).
To indicate that regeneration of the diesel
particulate filter is disabled (inhibited).
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
45
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
10.57
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Diesel exhaust fluid; selective catalytic
reduction (SCR) fluid
ISO 7000-2946
To identify the fluid used to reduce emissions from
operation of the diesel engine.
To identify the container or fill point for diesel
exhaust fluid. To indicate that diesel exhaust fluid
is being injected into the exhaust system.
Symbol may be combined with specific name of
reduction agent.
10.58
Turbocharger
ISO 7000-2107
To identify the control for the turbocharger.
To indicate the operational status of the
turbocharger.
10.59
Turbocharger temperature
Application of
ISO 7000-2646
To identify the display for turbocharger
temperature.
To indicate the turbocharger temperature
10.60
Radiator; heat exchanger
ISO 7000-1390
To identify the radiator for the engine.
To indicate the operational status of the radiator.
Use as a symbol element in the development of
related symbols.
10.61
Radiator heater
ISO 7000-2430
To identify the control that heats the radiator.
To indicate the operational status of the radiator
heater.
Symbol ISO 7000-2430 is registered with the title
"road vehicle, engine coolant heating".
10.62
Engine electronic control unit (ECU)
To identify the computer or microchip that collects
data on the performance of engine, controls
engine operations, or adjusts engine operating
conditions in response to inputs.
10.63
Engine, diagnostic port
To identify the location of the port to which engine
diagnostic equipment is connected.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the engine diagnostic port is in
use.
46
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
11 Transmission symbols
Graphical
symbol
11.1
Symbol title and description
Transmission
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-1166A
To identify the transmission.
To indicate the operational status of the
transmission.
Use as a symbol element in the development of
related symbols.
11.2
Transmission oil
ISO 7000-1397
To identify the fill point for transmission oil.
To identify the container for transmission oil.
11.3
Transmission oil pressure
ISO 7000-1167A
To identify the display that provides information
about the oil pressure in the transmission
lubrication system.
To indicate the transmission oil pressure.
11.4
Transmission oil level
ISO 7000-1398A
To identify the display that provides information
about the quantity of oil in the transmission
lubrication system.
To indicate the transmission oil level.
11.5
Transmission oil filter
ISO 7000-1169
To identify the display that provides information
about the transmission oil filter.
To identify the transmission oil filter.
To identify the location of the transmission oil filter.
To indicate the operational status of the
transmission oil filter.
11.6
Transmission oil temperature
ISO 7000-1168A
To identify the display that provides information
about the oil temperature in the transmission
lubrication system.
To indicate the transmission oil temperature.
11.7
Transmission failure or malfunction
ISO 7000-1396A
To indicate that the transmission has failed or is
malfunctioning or is not operating within the
specified range of parameters.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
47
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
11.8
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Transmission breather filter
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the breather filter for the transmission.
To identify the location of the transmission
breather filter.
To indicate the operational status of the
transmission breather filter.
11.9
Transmission, skip shift up
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that causes the
transmission to increase its gear position by
skipping the next available gear.
11.10
Transmission, skip shift down
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that causes the
transmission to decrease its gear position by
skipping the next available gear.
11.11
Transmission, neutral
Letters used as
symbols are not
registered.
To identify the control position that places the
transmission in neutral.
To indicate that the transmission is in neutral.
11.12
Transmission, high gear; transmission, high
gear range
Letters used as
symbols are not
registered.
To identify the control position that places the
transmission in high gear or its high gear range.
To indicate that the transmission is in high gear or
its high gear range.
11.13
Transmission, low gear; transmission, low
gear range
Letters used as
symbols are not
registered.
To identify the control position that places the
transmission in low gear or its low gear range.
To indicate that the transmission is in high gear or
its low gear range.
11.14
Transmission, forward gear; transmission,
forward gear range
Letters used as
symbols are not
registered.
To identify the control position that places the
transmission in forward gear or its forward gear
range.
To indicate that the transmission is in forward gear
or its forward gear range.
48
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
11.15
Symbol title and description
Transmission, reverse gear; transmission,
reverse gear range
To identify the control position that places the
transmission in reversing gear or its reverse gear
range.
ISO/IEC
registration number
Letters used as
symbols are not
registered.
To indicate that the transmission is in rearward
gear or its reverse gear range.
11.16
Transmission, park
To identify the control position that places the
transmission in park.
Letters used as
symbols are not
registered.
To indicate that the transmission is in park.
11.17
Transmission, forward, first gear
To identify the control position that places the
transmission in its first forward gear.
Numerals used as
symbols are not
registered.
To indicate that the transmission is in its first
forward gear.
11.18
Transmission, forward, second gear
To identify the control position that places the
transmission in its second forward gear.
Numerals used as
symbols are not
registered.
To indicate that the transmission is in its second
forward gear.
11.19
Transmission, forward, third gear
To identify the control position that places the
transmission in its third forward gear.
Numerals used as
symbols are not
registered.
To indicate that the transmission is in its third
forward gear.
Additional successive numerals may be used until
the maximum number of forward gears is reached.
11.20
Reverse first gear
To identify the control position that places the
transmission in its first reverse gear.
Letters and numerals
used as symbols are
not registered.
To indicate that the transmission is in its first
reverse gear.
Additional successive numerals may be used until
the maximum number of reverse gears is reached.
11.21
Clutch
ISO 7000-1308
To identify the equipment that connects two shafts
so that they can either be locked together and spin
at the same speed or be decoupled and spin at
different speeds.
To indicate the operational status of the clutch.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
49
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
11.22
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Clutch temperature
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the display that provides information
about the temperature of the clutch.
To indicate the clutch temperature.
11.23
Transmission electronic control unit (ECU)
To identify the computer or microchip that collects
data on the performance of the transmission,
controls transmission operations, or adjusts
transmission operating conditions in response to
inputs.
50
To be ISO7000
registered
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
12 Hydraulic system symbols
Graphical
symbol
12.1
Symbol title and description
Hydraulic system
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-1409
To identify the hydraulic system.
To indicate the operational status of the hydraulic
system.
Use as a symbol element in the development of
related symbols.
12.2
Hydraulic oil
ISO 7000-1411
To identify the fill point for hydraulic oil.
To identify the container for hydraulic oil.
12.3
Hydraulic oil pressure
ISO 7000-1413
To identify the display that provides information
about the oil pressure in the hydraulic system.
To indicate the hydraulic oil pressure.
12.4
Hydraulic oil level
ISO 7000-1412
To identify the display that provides information
about the quantity of oil in the hydraulic system.
To indicate the hydraulic oil level.
12.5
Hydraulic oil filter
ISO 7000-1415
To identify the display that provides information
about the hydraulic oil filter.
To identify the hydraulic oil filter.
To identify the location of the hydraulic oil filter.
To indicate the operational status of the hydraulic
oil filter.
12.6
Hydraulic oil temperature
ISO 7000-1414
To identify the display that provides information
about the oil temperature in the hydraulic system.
To indicate the hydraulic oil temperature.
12.7
Hydraulic system failure or malfunction
ISO 7000-1410
To indicate that the hydraulic system has failed or
is malfunctioning or is not operating within the
specified range of parameters.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
51
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
12.8
Symbol title and description
Hydraulic oil, unrestricted flow to sump
To indicate that the hydraulic oil is in unrestricted
flow to the sump.
12.9
Hydraulic system, breather filter
To identify the breather filter for the hydraulic
system.
ISO/IEC
registration number
To be ISO 7000
registered
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the location of the hydraulic system
breather filter.
To indicate the operational status of the hydraulic
system breather filter.
12.10
Auxiliary hydraulic system
To identify the auxiliary hydraulic system.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the operational status of the auxiliary
hydraulic system.
12.11
Hydraulic system, off or not available
To identify the control that switches off the
hydraulic system.
Negation of
ISO 7000-1409
To indicate that the hydraulic system is switched
off or not available.
12.12
Hydraulic system, lock
To identify the control that locks the hydraulic
system to prevent operation.
12.13
Hydraulic system, unlock
To identify the control that unlocks the hydraulic
system to allow operation.
12.14
Hydraulic motor
To identify the hydraulic motor.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To be ISO 7000
registered
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the display that provides information
about the hydraulic motor.
12.15
Hydraulic cylinder
ISO 7000-1569
To identify the control for the hydraulic cylinder.
To identify the location where the hoses for a
hydraulic cylinder are attached to the machine.
To indicate the operational status of the hydraulic
cylinder.
52
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
12.16
Symbol title and description
Hydraulic cylinder, extend/retract
To identify the control that either extends or
retracts the rod of the hydraulic cylinder depending
on the direction of control movement or the control
position.
12.17
Hydraulic cylinder, extend
ISO/IEC
registration number
To be ISO 7000
registered
ISO 7000-1570
To identify the control that extends the rod of the
hydraulic cylinder.
To indicate that the hydraulic cylinder rod is being
extended or is in the extended (out) position
12.18
Hydraulic cylinder, retract
ISO 7000-1571
To identify the control that retracts the rod of the
hydraulic cylinder.
To indicate that the hydraulic cylinder road is
being retracted or is in the retracted (in) position.
12.19
Hydraulic cylinder, float
ISO 7000-1661
To identify the control that allows the rod to move
freely in and out of the hydraulic cylinder with
movement of the equipment attached to the
cylinder rod.
To indicate that the hydraulic cylinder is in the float
condition.
12.20
Hydraulic cylinder, lock
ISO 7000-2642
To identify the control that locks the hydraulic
cylinder to prevent movement of the cylinder rod.
To indicate that the hydraulic cylinder is locked.
12.21
Hydraulic cylinder, unlock
ISO 7000-2643
To identify the control that unlocks the hydraulic
cylinder to allow movement of the cylinder rod.
To indicate that the hydraulic cylinder is unlocked
12.22
Auxiliary hydraulic cylinder
To identify the auxiliary hydraulic cylinder.
12.23
Auxiliary hydraulic cylinder, extend; auxiliary
hydraulic cylinder, open
To be ISO 7000
registered
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that extends the cylinder rod
of the auxiliary hydraulic cylinder.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
53
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
12.24
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Auxiliary hydraulic cylinder, retract; auxiliary
hydraulic cylinder, closed
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that retracts the cylinder rod
of the auxiliary hydraulic cylinder.
12.25
Auxiliary hydraulic cylinder, float
To identify the control that allows the rod to move
freely in and out of the auxiliary hydraulic cylinder
with movement of the equipment attached to the
cylinder rod.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the auxiliary hydraulic cylinder is
in the float condition.
12.26
SCV (selective control valve) – Number 1
To identify the first selective control valve on the
machine.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control for the first SCV.
Arabic numeral 1 may be substituted for Roman
numeral.
12.27
SCV (selective control valve) – Number 2
To identify the second selective control valve on
the machine.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control for the second SCV.
Arabic numeral 2 may be substituted for Roman
numeral.
12.28
SCV (selective control valve) – Number 3
To identify the second selective control valve on
the machine.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control for the third SCV.
Arabic numeral 3 may be substituted for Roman
numeral.
12.29
SCV (selective control valve) – Number 4
To identify the second selective control valve on
the machine.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control for the fourth SCV.
Arabic numeral 4 may be substituted for Roman
numeral.
Additional successive Roman or Arabic numerals
may be used until the maximum number of
selective control valves is reached.
54
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
13 Brake symbols
Graphical
symbol
13.1
Symbol title and description
Brake system
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-1399
To identify the brake system.
To indicate the operational status of the brake
system.
Use as a symbol element in the development of
related symbols.
13.2
Brake oil; brake fluid
ISO 7000-1400
To identify the fill point for brake oil (fluid).
To identify the container for brake oil (fluid).
13.3
Brake system pressure
ISO 7000-1402
To identify the display that provides information
about the pressure of the brake system.
To indicate the brake system pressure.
13.4
Brake system filter
ISO 7000-1404
To identify the display that provides information
about the brake system filter.
To identify the brake system filter.
To identify the location of the brake system filter.
To indicate the operational status of the brake
system filter.
13.5
Brake system temperature; brake temperature
ISO 7000-1403A
To identify the display that provides information
about the temperature of the brake system or of
individual brakes.
To indicate the brake system temperature or
individual brake temperature.
13.6
Brake failure; brake system malfunction
To indicate that the primary parking brake has
failed or is malfunctioning or is not operating within
the specified range of parameters.
13.7
Parking brake
To identify the control that activates the parking
brake.
Application of
ISO 7000-0239
Application of
ISO 7000-0238
To indicate the operational status of the parking
brake.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
55
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
13.8
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Park brake, release
To identify the control that deactivates the parking
brake.
13.9
Brake system, first trailer or first additional
circuit
Negation of
ISO 7000-0238
ISO 7000-1405
To identify the control for the braking system of the
first trailer or the first additional braking circuit.
To indicate the operational status of the braking
circuit of the first trailer the first additional braking
circuit.
13.10
Brake system, second trailer or second
additional circuit
ISO 7000-1406
To identify the control for the braking system of the
second trailer or the second additional braking
circuit.
To indicate the operational status of the braking
circuit of the second trailer the second additional
braking circuit.
13.11
Anti-lock brake system, failure
ISO 7000-1407
To indicate that operational status of the anti-lock
brake system.
13.12
Worn brake linings
ISO 7000-1408
To indicate that the brake linings are worn beyond a
specified amount.
13.13
Secondary brake; hand brake
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control for the secondary brake or
hand brake.
To indicate the operational status of the secondary
brake or hand brake.
Alternative to ISO 7000-0238 (see 13.7).
Use this symbol only when differentiation is
required between the park brake and a separate
secondary or hand brake. When such
differentiation is not required, use ISO 7000-0238
(see 13.7).
56
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
14 Fuel symbols
Graphical
symbol
14.1
Symbol title and description
Fuel; fuel system
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-0245
To identify the fuel gauge.
To identify the fill point for fuel.
To identify the container for fuel.
To indicate the operational status of the fuel
system.
This symbol may be used instead of ISO 70001551 (see 14.3) to indicate fuel level.
Use as a symbol element in the development of
related symbols.
14.2
Fuel pressure
ISO 7000-1392
To identify the display that provides information
about the pressure of the fuel system.
To indicate the fuel pressure.
14.3
Fuel level
ISO 7000-1551
To identify the display that provides information
about the quantity of fuel in the fuel tank.
To indicate the fuel level.
ISO 7000-0245 (see 14.1) may be used as an
alternative to this symbol to indicate fuel level.
14.4
Fuel filter
ISO 7000-1393
To identify the display that provides information
about the fuel filter.
To identify the fuel filter.
To identify the location of the fuel filter.
To indicate the operational status of the fuel filter.
14.5
Fuel temperature
ISO 7000-1394
To identify the display that provides information
about the fuel temperature.
To indicate the fuel temperature.
14.6
Fuel system failure or malfunction
ISO 7000-1391
To indicate that the fuel system has failed or is
malfunctioning or is not operating within the
specified range of parameters.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
57
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
14.7
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
ISO 7000-1395B
Fuel shut-off
To identify the control that interrupts the fuel flow
to the engine.
To indicate that the fuel flow to the engine has
been interrupted.
Use this symbol only for fuel shut-off control.
Use ISO 7000-1388 (see 10.27) for "engine stop"
control.
Use symbol in 9.65 for "engine, urgent stop"
control.
14.8
Diesel (compression ignition) fuel
[version A]
ISO 7000-1541
To identify the control that selects the diesel fuel
option in a multi-fuel engine.
To indicate that diesel fuel is being used in a multifuel engine.
To identify the fill point for diesel fuel.
To identify the container for diesel fuel.
ISO 7000-2641 (see 14.9) is an alternative.
14.9
Diesel (compression ignition) fuel
[version B]
Application of
ISO 7000-2641
To identify the control that selects the diesel fuel
option in a multi-fuel engine.
To indicate that diesel fuel is being used in a multifuel engine.
To identify the fill point for diesel fuel.
To identify the container for diesel fuel.
Alternative to ISO 7000-1541 (see 14.8).
14.10
Fuel economy
ISO 7000-0641
To indicate current (instantaneous) fuel economy
relative to a calibrated scale.
To identify the fuel economy gauge or display.
14.11
Fuel drain
To identify the control that drains fuel from the fuel
tank.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that fuel is draining from the fuel tank.
14.12
Water in fuel
To indicate that the water content in the fuel has
reached a specified concentration.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the concentration of water in the fuel.
58
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
14.13
Symbol title and description
Fuel system, water drain
To identify the control that drains water from the
fuel.
ISO/IEC
registration number
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that waer is draining from the fuel.
14.14
Fuel consumption per hour
To identify the display that provides information on
fuel consumption per hour of operation.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate fuel consumption rate as volume or
mass per hour of operation.
14.15
Fuel consumption per area worked
To identify the display that provides information on
fuel consumption per unit of area worked.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate fuel consumption rate as volume or
mass per unit of area worked.
14.16
Area worked per fuel consumed
To identify the display that provides information on
the area worked per unit of fuel consumed.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the area worked per unit of fuel
consumed.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
59
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
15 Lighting symbols
Graphical
symbol
15.1
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Headlights, high beam; headlights, upper
beam
ISO 7000-0082
To identify the control for the forward high intensity
beam.
To indicate that the operational status of the high
beam headlights.
Use blue for the "headlights, high beam" display.
Illuminate the symbol on a blue background.
15.2
Headlights, low beam; headlights, dipped
beam
ISO 7000-0083
To identify the control for the forward moderate
intensity beam.
To indicate the operational status of the low beam
headlights.
15.3
Work light
To identify the control that activates the work light.
Application of
ISO 7000-1204
To indicate the operational status of the work light.
If one control operates both front and rear work
lights, use this symbol.
Multiple work lights can be identified by numbering
or other suitable means.
See also application of ISO 7000-1204 in 15.4.
15.4
Rear work light
Application of
ISO 7000-1204
To identify the control that activates the rear work
light.
To indicate the operational status of the rear work
light.
If one control operates both front and rear work
lights, use ISO 7000-1204 (see 15.3.
Multiple work lights can be identified by numbering
or other suitable means.
15.5
Parking lights
ISO 7000-0240
To identify the control that activates the parking
lights.
To indicate the operational status of the parking
lights.
60
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
15.6
Symbol title and description
Hazard warning
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-0085
To identify the control for the hazard warning
lights.
To indicate the operational status of the hazard
warning lights.
For the "hazard warning" display, use white
triangles on a red background.
For the "hazard warning" control, use red triangles
on a dark background or (preferably) white
triangles on a read background.
15.7
Interior compartment illumination; interior
(dome) light
ISO 7000-1421A
To identify the control for the interior (dome) light
of the operator compartment (cab).
To indicate the operational status of the interior
(dome) light.
15.8
Low level interior illumination
To identify the control for the interior compartment
lighting used to assist in maintaining the dark
adaptation (night vision) of the operator while
providing illumination to the interior.
Application of
ISO 7000-2667
To indicate the operational status of the low level
interior illumination.
15.9
Identification light; beacon
ISO 7000-1141B
To identify the control for operation of the rotating
and/or blinking light attached to the equipment.
To indicate the operational status of the beacon.
15.10
Clearance lights; position lights
ISO 7000-0456
To identify the control that activates the low
intensity illumination, typically located on the
sides, front, and rear of the machine.
To indicate the operational status of the position
lights.
15.11
Turn signals
ISO 7000-0084
To identify the control that activates the turn
signals.
To indicate the operational status of the turn
signal.
Arrows may be separated, with the left-pointing
arrow indicating a left turn and the right-pointing
arrow indicating a right turn.
Use green for the "turn signal" display. Either fill
the arrows with green or illuminate the symbol on
a green background.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
61
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
15.12
Symbol title and description
Turn signal, first trailer
[version A]
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-1419
To identify the control that activates the turn
signals for the first trailer towed behind the
machine.
To indicate the operational status of the turn
signals for the first trailer.
Do not separate arrows.
Use green for the "turn signal, first trailer" display.
Either fill the arrows with green or illuminate the
symbol on a green background.
Symbol in 15.14 is an alternative.
15.13
Turn signal, second trailer
ISO 7000-1420
To identify the control that activates the turn
signals for the second trailer towed behind the
machine.
To indicate the operational status of the turn
signals for the second trailer.
Do not separate arrows.
Use green for the "turn signal, second trailer"
display. Either fill the arrows with green or
illuminate the symbol on a green background.
15.14
Turn signal, first trailer
[version B]
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that activates the turn
signals for the first trailer towed behind the
machine.
To indicate the operational status of the turn
signals for the first trailer.
Do not separate arrows.
Use green for the "turn signal, first trailer" display.
Either fill the arrows with green or illuminate the
symbol on a green background.
Alternative to ISO 7000-1419 (see 15.12). This
symbol is a combination of ISO 7000-1419 (see
15.12) and the application of ISO 7000-2595 (see
ISO 3767-2).
Turn signals for a second trailer may be indicated
by substituted the numeral 2 for the numeral 1.
62
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
15.15
Symbol title and description
Front fog lights
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-0633
To identify the control for the lights (usually yellow
in color) that provide forward illumination in foggy
conditions.
To indicate the operational status of the front fog
lights.
If one control operates both front and rear fog
lights, use this symbol.
15.16
Rear fog lights
ISO 7000-0634
To identify the control for the lights (usually yellow
in color) that assist visibility of the machine in
foggy conditions.
If one control operates both front and rear fog
lights, use ISO 7000-0633 (see 15.15).
15.17
Master lighting switch
To identify the master lighting switch.
Application of
IEC 60417-5012
To identify the control that enables or activates
lighting devices or adjusts their illumination levels.
15.18
Instrument illumination
ISO 7000-1556
To identify the control that adjusts the degree of
instrument illumination.
15.19
Nighttime instrument illumination
To identify the control that adjusts the instrument
illumination to its nighttime level.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that adjusts the illumination
of the display screen to its nighttime level.
15.20
Reversing lights; back-up lights (version A)
To identify the control for operation of the
reversing (back-up) lights.
Application of
ISO 7000-2304
To indicate the operational status of the reversing
(back-up) lights.
ISO 7000-1146 (see 15.21) is an alternative.
15.21
Reversing lights; back-up lights
[version B]
Application of
ISO 7000-1146
To identify the control for operation of the
reversing (back-up) lights.
To indicate the operational status of the reversing
(back-up) lights.
Alternative to ISO 7000-2304 (see 15.20.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
63
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
15.22
Symbol title and description
Headlight, cleaner; headlight, washer and
wiper
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-0250
To identify the control that activates the headlight
wiper and simultaneously sprays washing fluid on
the headlights.
64
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
16 Window and visibility symbols
Graphical
symbol
16.1
Symbol title and description
Windscreen (windshield) wiper
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-0086
To identify the control for the wipers that clears
moisture from the windscreen (windshield).
16.2
Windscreen (windshield) wiper, intermittent
ISO 7000-0647
To identify the control that activates the windshield
wipers at intervals rather than continuously.
16.3
Windscreen (windshield) washer
ISO 7000-0088
To identify the control that sprays washing fluid on
the windshield.
16.4
Windscreen (windshield) washer and wiper
ISO 7000-0087
To identify the control that activates the windshield
wipers and simultaneously sprays washing fluid on
the windshield.
16.5
Windscreen (windshield) washer fluid
ISO 7000-1422
To identify the fill point for the windshield washer
fluid.
To identify the container for windshield washer
fluid.
If the fill point or container is used for both the
windshield washer fluid and rear window washer
fluid, use this symbol.
16.6
Windscreen (windshield) demisting and
defrosting
ISO 7000-0635A
To identify the control that distributes air flow to
the windshield to assist in removing frost, fog, and
mist.
To indicate the operational status of the windshield
defroster.
16.7
Windshield wiper electric heater
ISO 7000-2641
To identify the control that heats the windshield
wiper to remove frost and ice.
To indicate the operational status of the windshield
wiper heater.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
65
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
16.8
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
ISO 7000-0097
Rear window wiper
To identify the control for the wipers that clear
moisture from the rear window.
16.9
Rear window wiper, intermittent
ISO 7000-1424
To identify the control that activates the rear
window wiper at intervals rather than continuously.
16.10
Rear window washer
ISO 7000-0099
To identify the control that sprays washing fluid on
the rear window.
16.11
Rear window washer and wiper
ISO 7000-0098
To identify the control that activates the rear
window wiper and simultaneously sprays washing
fluid on the rear window.
16.12
Rear window washer fluid
ISO 7000-1423
To identify the fill point for the rear window washer
fluid.
To identify the container for rear window washer
fluid.
If the fill point or container is used for both the
windshield washer fluid and rear window washer
fluid, use ISO 7000-1422 (see 16.5).
16.13
Rear window demisting and defrosting
ISO 7000-0636A
To identify the control that electrically heats the
rear window or distributes air flow to the rear
window to assist in removing frost, fog, and mist.
To indicate the operational status of the rear
window defroster.
16.14
Side (lateral) window wiper
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control for the wiper that clears
moisture from the side (lateral) window.
Because this symbol and its mirror image do not
clearly differentiate left side window from right side
window, this symbol should be used in conjunction
with indicator lights or control positions that make
clear which side window wiper (left or right) is
being controlled or is in operation.
66
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
16.15
Symbol title and description
Side (lateral) window demisting and defrosting
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-1425
To identify the control that distributes air flow to
the side (lateral) windows to assist in removing
frost, fog, and mist.
To indicate the operational status of the side
(lateral) window defroster.
16.16
Exterior rear view mirror,heating, horizontal
type
ISO 7000-1426
To identify the control that heats the left side
exterior rear view mirrors to aid in removing frost,
fog and mist.
To indicate the operational status of the left side
exterior rear view mirror.
If one control heats both the left-side and rightside horizontal type mirrors, use this symbol.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the longitudinal axis
of the machine.
This symbol is applicable to horizontal type
exterior rear view mirrors.
See also ISO 7000-2470 (in 16.22) and its mirror
image (in 16.23).
16.17
Exterior rear view mirror heating, horizontal
type (right side)
To identify the control that heats the right side
exterior rear view mirrors to aid in removing frost,
fog and mist.
Mirror image
application of
ISO 7000-1426
To indicate the operational status of the right side
exterior rear view mirror.
If one control heats both the left side and right side
horizontal type mirrors, use ISO 7000-1426 (see
16.16).
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the longitudinal axis
of the machine.
This symbol is applicable to horizontal type
exterior rear view mirrors.
See also ISO 7000-2470 (see 16.22) and its mirror
image (see 16.23).
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
67
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
16.18
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
ISO 7000-1427
Exterior rear view mirror, adjustment,
horizontal type
To identify the control that adjusts the right side
exterior rear view mirror to improve visibility.
If one control adjusts both the left side and right
side horizontal type mirrors, use this symbol.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the longitudinal axis
of the machine.
This symbol is applicable to horizontal type
exterior rear view mirrors.
See also ISO 7000-2469 (in 16.24) and its mirror
image (in 16.25).
16.19
Exterior rear view mirror, four-way adjustment,
horizontal type (right side)
To identify the control that adjusts the right side
exterior rear view mirror to improve visibility.
Mirror image
application of
ISO 7000-1427
If one control adjusts both the left side and right
side horizontal type mirrors, use ISO 7000-1427
(see 16.18).
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the longitudinal axis
of the machine.
This symbol is applicable to horizontal type
exterior rear view mirrors.
See also ISO 7000-2469 (in 16.24) and its mirror
image (in 16.25).
16.20
Exterior rear view mirror, power folding,
horizontal type (left side)
ISO 7000-2553
To identify the control that folds or unfolds the left
side exterior rear view mirror.
To indicate the operational status of the left side
power folding exterior rear view mirror.
If one control operates both the left side and right
side horizontal mirrors, use this symbol.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the longitudinal axis
of the machine.
This symbol is applicable to horizontal type
exterior rear view mirrors.
See also ISO 7000-2584 (in 16.26) and its mirror
image (in 16.27).
68
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
16.21
Symbol title and description
Exterior rear view mirror, power folding,
horizontal type (right side)
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-2553
To identify the control that folds or unfolds the right
side exterior rear view mirror.
To indicate the operational status of the right side
power folding exterior rear view mirror.
If one control operates both the left side and right
side horizontal mirrors, use ISO 7000-2553 (see
16.20).
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the longitudinal axis
of the machine.
This symbol is applicable to horizontal type
exterior rear view mirrors.
See also ISO 7000-2584 (in 16.26) and its mirror
image (in 16.27).
16.22
Exterior rear view mirror, heating, vertical type
(left side)
ISO 7000-2470
To identify the control that heats the left side
exterior rear view mirrors to aid in removing frost,
fog and mist.
To indicate the operational status of the left side
exterior rear view mirror.
If one control heats both the left side and right side
vertical mirrors, use this symbol.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the longitudinal axis
of the machine.
This symbol is applicable to vertical type exterior
rear view mirrors.
See also ISO 7000-1426 (in 16.16) and its mirror
image (in 16.17).
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
69
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
16.23
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Exterior rear view mirror, heating, vertical type
(right side)
To identify the control that heats the right side
exterior rear view mirrors to aid in removing frost,
fog and mist.
Mirror image
application of
ISO 7000-2470
To indicate the operational status of the right side
exterior rear view mirror.
If one control heats both the left side and right side
vertical mirrors, use ISO 7000-2470 (see 16.22).
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the longitudinal axis
of the machine.
This symbol is applicable to vertical type exterior
rear view mirrors.
See also ISO 7000-1426 (in 16.16) and its mirror
image (in16.17).
16.24
Exterior rear view mirror, four-way adjustment,
vertical type (left side)
ISO 7000-2469
To identify the control that adjusts the left side
exterior rear view mirror to improve visibility.
If one control heats both the left side and right side
vertical mirrors, use this symbol.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the longitudinal axis
of the machine.
This symbol is applicable to vertical type exterior
rear view mirrors.
See also ISO 7000-2427 (in 16.18) and its mirror
image (in 16.19).
16.25
Exterior rear view mirror, four-way adjustment,
vertical type (right side)
To identify the control that adjusts the right side
exterior rear view mirror to improve visibility.
Mirror image
application of
ISO 7000-2469
If one control heats both the left side and right side
vertical mirrors, use ISO 7000-2469 (see 16.24).
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the longitudinal axis
of the machine.
This symbol is applicable to vertical type exterior
rear view mirrors.
See also ISO 7000-2427 (in 16.18) and its mirror
image (in 16.19).
70
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
16.26
Symbol title and description
Exterior rear view mirror, power folding,
vertical type (left side)
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-2584
To identify the control that folds or unfolds the left
side exterior rear view mirror.
To indicate the operational status of the left side
power folding exterior rear view mirror.
If one control operates both the left side and right
side vertical mirrors, use this symbol.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the longitudinal axis
of the machine.
This symbol is applicable to vertical type exterior
rear view mirrors.
See also ISO 7000- (in ) and its mirror image (in ).
16.27
Exterior rear view mirror, power folding,
vertical type (right side)
To identify the control that folds or unfolds the right
side exterior rear view mirror.
Mirror image
application of
ISO 7000-2584
To indicate the operational status of the right side
power folding exterior rear view mirror.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the longitudinal axis
of the machine.
This symbol is applicable to vertical type exterior
rear view mirrors.
If one control operates both the left side and right
side vertical mirrors, use ISO 7000-2584 (see
16.26).
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
71
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
17 Climate control symbols
Graphical
symbol
17.1
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Interior heating; heater
ISO 7000-0637A
To identify the control for a function that provides
heat to the operator compartment.
To indicate the operational status of the heater.
This symbol may be used in conjunction with other
symbols to specify a particular application, in
which case the horizontal line may be omitted.
17.2
Secondary heating
To identify the control that activates the secondary
heating system.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the secondary heating system is
operating.
17.3
Cooling; air conditioning
ISO 7000-0027
To identify the control for operation of the air
conditioning unit.
To identify a cooled component, volume, or area.
To indicate the operational status of the air
conditioning unit.
17.4
Air conditioning, off or not available
ISO 7000-2662
To indicate that the air conditioning system is off
or not available.
17.5
Automatic temperature control, heating and
cooling
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the automatic temperature control for
heating and cooling systems.
To indicate the operational status of the automatic
temperature control system.
17.6
Ventilating fan; air circulating fan
ISO 7000-0089
To identify the control for the fan that circulates air,
for example, within the operator compartment.
To indicate the operational status of the ventilating
or air circulating fan.
17.7
Dehumidifier
ISO 7000-2068
To identify the control for operation of the
dehumidifier, which extracts moisture from the air.
To indicate the operational status of the
dehumidifier.
72
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
17.8
Symbol title and description
Moisture control; humidity control
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-0589
To identify the control that sets the moisture
content or relative humidity.
17.9
Ventilation air flow, upper air outlet
ISO 7000-1865
To identify the control that allows air to flow from
the upper air outlets.
To indicate that air is flowing from the upper air
outlets.
17.10
Ventilation air flow, lower air outlet
ISO 7000-1866
To identify the control that allows air to flow from
the lower air outlets.
To indicate that air is flowing from the lower air
outlets.
17.11
Ventilation air flow, upper and lower outlets
ISO 7000-1867
To identify the control that allows air to flow from
both the upper and lower air outlets.
To indicate that air is flowing from both the upper
and lower air outlets.
17.12
Ventilation air flow, defrost and lower air outlet
ISO 7000-1860A
To identify the control that allows air to flow from
both the lower and defrost air outlets.
To indicate that air is flowing from both the lower
and defrost air outlets
17.13
Ventilation air flow, upper, lower, and defrost
To identify the control that allows air to flow from
the upper, lower, and defrost air outlets.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that air is flowing from the upper,
lower, and defrost air outlets.
17.14
Operator cabin
To identify functions related to the operator cabin.
To be ISO 7000
registered
Use as a symbol element in the development of
related symbols.
If the machine shape differs significantly from that
shown, an alternate machine symbol element may
be substituted.
17.15
Ambient air temperature, outside operator
cabin
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the ambient air temperature outside of
the operator cabin.
If the machine shape differs significantly from that
shown, an alternate machine symbol element may
be substituted.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
73
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
17.16
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Ambient air temperature, inside operator cabin
To indicate the ambient air temperature inside of
the operator cabin.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that adjusts the ambient
temperature inside the operator cabin.
If the machine shape differs significantly from that
shown, an alternate machine symbol element may
be substituted.
17.17
Operator cabin, outside air flow
To identify the control that allows fresh air to enter
the operator cabin from outside.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the operational status of the outside air
flow function.
If the machine shape differs significantly from that
shown, an alternate machine symbol element may
be substituted.
17.18
Operator cabin, recirculating air flow
To identify the control that prevents entrance of air
from outside the operator cabin and allows the
cabin air to recirculate.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the operational status of the
recirculating air flow function.
If the machine shape differs significantly from that
shown, an alternate machine symbol element may
be substituted.
74
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
18 Seat symbols
Graphical
symbol
18.1
Symbol title and description
Seat (side view)
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-1705
To identify the seat from a side (profile) view.
To identify the control for the seat.
To indicate the operational status of the seat.
Use as a symbol element in the development of
related symbols.
18.2
Seat (overhead view)
ISO 7000-2170
To identify the seat from an overhead (plan) view.
To identify the control for the seat.
To indicate the operational status of the seat.
Use as a symbol element in the development of
related symbols.
18.3
Seat adjustment, longitudinal (fore and aft)
ISO 7000-1428
To identify the control that moves the entire seat
forward or rearward.
18.4
Seat adjustment, seatback recline
ISO 7000-1429
To identify the control that adjusts the angle of the
seatback forward toward vertical and rearward
away from vertical.
18.5
Seat height adjustment
ISO 7000-1430
To identify the control that moves the entire seat
upward or downward.
18.6
Seat height adjustment, up
ISO 7000-1706
To identify the control that raises the seat.
To indicate that the seat is being raised or has
been adjusted to its maximum height.
18.7
Seat height adjustment, down
ISO 7000-1707
To identify the control that lowers the seat.
To indicate that the seat is being lowered or has
been adjusted to its minimum height.
18.8
Seat height adjustment, cushion front
ISO 7000-1431
To identify the control that adjusts the height of the
front of the seat cushion.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
75
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
18.9
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Seat height adjustment, cushion rear
To identify the control that adjusts the height of the
rear of the seat cushion.
18.10
Seat headrest height adjustment
Application of
ISO 7000-1432
ISO 7000-1433
To identify the control that raises or lowers the
headrest.
18.11
Heated seat
ISO 7000-0549A
To identify the control for the device that warms
the seat cushion.
Symbol may be used to identify the control for
simultaneous heating of the seat cushion and
seatback.
18.12
Heated seatback
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control for the device that warms
the seat cushion.
18.13
Heated seat and seatback
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control for the device that warms
the seat cushion and seatback.
Symbol may be used to identify the control for
simultaneous heating of the seat cushion and
seatback.
18.14
Seat, lumbar adjustment, in and out
Application of
ISO 7000-2171
To identify the control that adjusts the degree of
lumbar support of a seat by changing the size or
the rigidity of the lumbar support device.
18.15
ISO 7000-2172
Seat, fore and aft isolator/attenuator
To identify the control that adjusts the amount
and/or rate of fore-to-aft movement of the seat that
is permitted when the machine is moving.
18.16
Seat, lateral isolator/attenuator
ISO 7000-21173
To identify the control that adjusts the amount
and/or rate of side-to-side movement of the seat
that is permitted when the machine is moving.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the seat from above of the
machine.
76
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
18.17
Symbol title and description
Seat, swivel
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-2174
To identify the control that allows the seat to
swivel in either clockwise or anti-clockwise
direction.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the seat from above of the
machine.
18.18
Seat swing
To identify the control that allows the seat to swing
to a different operating position.
To be ISO 7000
registered
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the seat from above of the
machine.
18.19
Seat, weight adjustment
ISO 7000-2175
To identify the control that adjusts the stiffness of
the seat suspension system based on the weight
(mass) of the seated person.
To indicate the operational status of the weight
adjustment system.
18.20
Seat, ride-damping adjustment
ISO 7000-2242
To identify the control that adjusts the stiffness of
the seat suspension to control up-and-down
movement of the seat when the machine is
moving.
To indicate the operational status of the ridedamping system.
18.21
Ventilated seat
ISO 7000-2556
To identify the control that circulates air inside the
seat cushion to cool the seat.
18.22
Active seat
ISO 7000-2627
To identify the control that activates the seat
cushion and/or seatback.
To indicate the operational status of the active
seat cushion.
18.23
Seatbelt, lap belt only
ISO 7000-1702
To indicate the operational status of a two-point
seatbelt (that is, a seatbelt with only a lap belt).
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
77
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
18.24
Symbol title and description
Seatbelt, lap-and-shoulder belt
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-0249
To indicate the operational status of a three-point
seatbelt (that is, a lap-and-shoulder seatbelt).
78
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
19 Tyre, wheel, axle, and suspension symbols
Graphical
symbol
19.1
Symbol title and description
Tyre
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO7000-2176
To identify tyre functions.
To indicate the operational status of the tyre.
Use as a symbol element in the development of
related symbols.
19.2
Tyre pressure
ISO 7000-1435
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the tire
pressure.
To identify the display that provides information
about tire pressure.
To indicate the tire pressure.
19.3
Tyre failure/malfunction
ISO 7000-1434A
To indicate that tire pressure is outside normal
operating parameters.
19.4
Wheel adjustment, left wheel, move out
ISO 7000-2129
To identify the control that moves the left wheel
outward away from the machine.
To indicate that the left wheel is moving outward
away from the machine.
19.5
Wheel adjustment, left wheel, move in
ISO 7000-2130
To identify the control that moves the left wheel
inward toward from the machine.
To indicate that the left wheel is moving inward
toward the machine.
19.6
Wheel adjustment, right wheel, move out
ISO 7000-2131
To identify the control that moves the right wheel
outward away from the machine.
To indicate that the left wheel is moving outward
away from the machine.
19.7
Wheel adjustment, right wheel, move in
ISO 7000-2132
To identify the control that moves the right wheel
inward toward from the machine.
To indicate that the right wheel is moving inward
toward the machine.
19.8
All-tread, move out
To identify the control that increases the distance
between the machine and the wheels.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
To be ISO 7000
registered
79
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
19.9
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
All-tread, move in
To identify the control that decreases the distance
between the machine and the wheels.
19.10
Wheel, drive
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that activates drive wheels
which are otherwise inactive.
19.11
To be ISO 7000
registered
Track tension, loosen
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that loosens the tension on
the tracks of a track-driven machine.
To indicate that the track tension is greater than a
specified value and that the track tension therefore
needs to be decreased.
19.12
Track tension, tighten
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that tightens the tension on
the tracks of a track-driven machine.
To indicate that the track tension is less than a
specified value and that the track tension therefore
needs to be increased.
19.13
Axle oil
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the fill point for axle oil.
To identify the container for axle oil.
19.14
Axle oil pressure
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the display that provides information
about the axle oil pressure.
To indicate the axle oil pressure.
19.15
Axle oil filter
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the display that provides information
about the axle oil filter.
To identify the axle oil filter.
To indicate the operational status of the axle oil
filter.
19.16
Axle width
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the display that shows axle width.
To indicate the distance between the wheels on an
axle.
80
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
19.17
Symbol title and description
Axle, extend
To identify the control that extends the axles to
provide a greater distance between the wheels.
19.18
Axle, retract
To identify the control that retracts the axles to
provide a lesser distance between the wheels.
19.19
Axle, lock
To identify the control that locks the axle.
ISO/IEC
registration number
Application of
ISO 7000-2871
Application of
ISO 7000-2870
Application of
ISO 7000-2872
To indicate that the axle is locked.
The lock symbol element may be moved to the
right side of the axle symbol element.
19.20
Axle, unlock
To identify the control that unlocks the axle.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the axle is unlocked.
The unlock symbol element may be moved to the
right side of the axle symbol element.
19.21
Axle, first axle, lock
To identify the control that locks the first axle.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the first axle is locked.
The numeral may be moved to below the axle
symbol element with the lock symbol element
moved to the right side of the axle symbol
element.
19.22
Axle, first axle, unlock
To identify the control that unlocks the first axle.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the first axle is unlocked.
The numeral may be moved to below the axle
symbol element with the unlock symbol element
moved to the right side of the axle symbol
element.
19.23
Axle, second axle, lock
To identify the control that locks the second axle.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the second axle is locked.
The numeral may be moved to below the axle
symbol element with the lock symbol element
moved to the right side of the axle symbol
element.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
81
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
19.24
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Axle, second axle, unlock
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that unlocks the second
axle.
To indicate that the second axle is unlocked.
The numeral may be moved to below the axle
symbol element with the unlock symbol element
moved to the right side of the axle symbol
element.
19.25
Suspended axle
Application of
ISO 7000-2799
To identify the control that activates the damping
mechanism between the axle and the rest of the
machine chassis.
To indicate the operational status of the
suspended axle.
19.26
Suspended axle, height adjustment
(raise/lower)
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that adjusts the height of the
suspended axle.
19.27
Suspended axle, raise
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that raises the height of the
suspended axle.
19.28
Suspended axle, lower
To identify the control that lowers the height of the
suspended axle.
19.29
Suspended axle, lock
To be ISO 7000
registered
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that locks the suspended
axle.
To indicate that the suspended axle is locked.
The lock symbol element may be moved to the
right side of the suspended axle symbol element
19.30
Suspended axle, unlock
To identify the control that unlocks the suspended
axle.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the suspended axle is unlocked.
The unlock symbol element may be moved to the
right side of the suspended axle symbol element.
82
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
19.31
Symbol title and description
Suspended axle, maximum stiffness
To identify the control setting that provides the
maximum stiffness of the suspended axle.
19.32
Suspended axle, automatic operating mode
To identify the control that places the suspended
axle into automatic operating mode.
ISO/IEC
registration number
To be ISO 7000
registered
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the suspended axle is in automatic
operating mode.
19.33
Suspended axle, first axle
To identify the control that activates the damping
mechanism between the first axle and the rest of
the machine chassis.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the operational status of the first
suspended axle.
The numeral may be moved to below the
suspended axle symbol element.
19.34
Suspended axle, second axle
To identify the control that activates the damping
mechanism between the second axle and the rest
of the machine chassis.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the operational status of the second
suspended axle.
The numeral may be moved to below the
suspended axle symbol element.
19.35
Suspended axle, first axle, lock
To identify the control that locks the first
suspended axle.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the first suspended axle is locked.
The numeral may be moved to below the axle
symbol element with the lock symbol element
moved to the right side of the axle symbol
element.
19.36
Suspended axle, first axle, unlock
To identify the control that unlocks the first
suspended axle.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the first suspended axle is
unlocked.
The numeral may be moved to below the axle
symbol element with the unlock symbol element
moved to the right side of the axle symbol
element.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
83
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
19.37
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Suspended axle, second axle, lock
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that locks the second
suspended axle.
To indicate that the second suspended axle is
locked.
The numeral may be moved to below the axle
symbol element with the lock symbol element
moved to the right side of the axle symbol
element.
19.38
Suspended axle, second axle, unlock
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that unlocks the second
suspended axle.
To indicate that the second suspended axle is
unlocked.
The numeral may be moved to below the axle
symbol element with the unlock symbol element
moved to the right side of the axle symbol
element.
19.39
Cab suspension system
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the operational status of the cab
suspension system.
19.40
Cab suspension system, lock
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that locks the cab
suspension system in its current settings.
To indicate that the settings of cab suspension
system are locked.
19.41
Cab suspension system, unlock
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that unlocks the cab
suspension system and allows changes in its
current settings.
To indicate that the settings of the cab suspension
system are unlocked.
19.42
Cab suspension system, maximum stiffness
To identify the setting that provides the maximum
stiffness of the cab suspension system.
19.43
Cab suspension system, automatic operation
To identify the control that places the cab
suspension system into automatic operating
mode.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the cab suspension system is in
automatic operating mode.
84
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
20 Steering symbols
Graphical
symbol
20.1
Symbol title and description
Steering system
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-2305
To indicate the operational status of the steering
system.
Use as a symbol element in the development of
related symbols.
20.2
Steering system filter
ISO 7000-2306
To identify the filter for the steering system.
To identify the location of the steering system
filter.
To indicate the operational status of the steering
system filter.
20.3
Steering system failure/malfunction
ISO 7000-2307
To indicate that the steering system has
malfunctioned or failed.
Depending on the severity of the malfunction, the
symbol may be displayed as a black symbol on a
yellow background or as a white symbol on a red
background.
20.4
Steering wheel, tilt control
ISO 7000-2064
To identify the control for adjustment of the
steering wheel location by tilting the steering
wheel up or down..
20.5
Automatic steering; automatic guidance
To identify the control that activates the automatic
steering or automatic guidance system.
Application of
ISO 7000-2815
To indicate the operational status of the automatic
steering or automatic guidance system.
20.6
Secondary steering system
To identify the control that activates the second
steering system.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the operational status of the
second steering system.
20.7
Lever steering, turn left/right
To identify the control for lever steering of the
machine.
ISO 7000-1681
ISO 7000-2816
To indicate the directions of movement of the
control that effects a left turn and a right turn.
The two arrows may be separated to indicate "turn
left" (mirror image of ISO 7000-0927 in 20.8) and
"turn right" (ISO 7000-0927 in 20.9) with separate
controls.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
85
ISO/WD 3767-1:2011ISO/WD 3767-1
Graphical
symbol
20.8
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Lever steering, turn left
Mirror image
application of
ISO 7000-0927
To identify the control for lever steering of the
machine to the left.
To indicate the direction of movement of the
control that effects a turn to the left.
20.9
Lever steering, turn right
ISO 7000-0927
To identify the control for lever steering of the
machine to the right.
To indicate the control direction that effects a turn
to the right.
20.10
Two-wheel steering, front
ISO 7000-2391
To identify the control that activates two-wheel
steering of the front wheels.
To indicate that the machine is steered by turning
the two front wheels.
20.11
Two-wheel steering, rear
ISO 7000-2392
To identify the control that activates two-wheel
steering using the rear wheels.
To indicate that the machine is steered by turning
the two rear wheels.
20.12
Four-wheel steering; all-wheel steering
ISO 7000-2393
To identify the control that activates the four-wheel
or all-wheel steering mode.
To indicate that the machine is steered by turning
the front wheels and rear wheels in opposite
directions.
20.13
Crab steering
ISO 7000-2394
To identify the control that activates the crab
steering mode.
To indicate that the machine is steered by turning
the front wheels and rear wheels in the same
direction.
86
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/TC 23/SC 14
N 336
ISO/TC 23/SC 14
ISO/TC 23/SC 14 - Operator controls, operator symbols and other displays, operator manuals
Email of secretary: [email protected]
Secretariat: ANSI (USA)
NP for Revision of ISO 3767-2 Symbols for agricultural tractors and machinery
Document type:
NP ballot
Date of document:
2011-07-11
Expected action:
VOTE
Action due date:
2011-10-12
No. of pages:
68
Background:
This document is circulated to TC 23/SC 14 members for ballot. Please submit your vote by the due
date indicated via the on-line balloting system.
Committee URL:
http://isotc.iso.org/livelink/livelink/open/tc23sc14
NEW WORK ITEM PROPOSAL
Date of presentation
2011-07-11
Reference number
(to be given by the Secretariat)
N
Proposer
ISO/TC 23 / SC 14
ANSI
336
Secretariat
ANSI
A proposal for a new work item within the scope of an existing committee shall be submitted to the secretariat of that committee with a copy to
the Central Secretariat and, in the case of a subcommittee, a copy to the secretariat of the parent technical committee. Proposals not within the
scope of an existing committee shall be submitted to the secretariat of the ISO Technical Management Board.
The proposer of a new work item may be a member body of ISO, the secretariat itself, another technical committee or subcommittee, or
organization in liaison, the Technical Management Board or one of the advisory groups, or the Secretary-General.
The proposal will be circulated to the P-members of the technical committee or subcommittee for voting, and to the O-members for information.
See overleaf for guidance on when to use this form.
IMPORTANT NOTE: Proposals without adequate justification risk rejection or referral to originator.
Guidelines for proposing and justifying a new work item are given overleaf.
Proposal (to be completed by the proposer)
Title of proposal (in the case of an amendment, revision or a new part of an existing document, show the reference number and current title)
English title
ISO 3767-2, Tractors, machinery for agriculture and forestry, powered lawn and garden equipment —
Symbols for operator controls and displays — Part 2: Symbols for agricultural tracters and machinery
French title
ISO 3767-2, Tracteurs, matériels agricoles et forestiers, matériel à moteur pour jardins et petouses —
Symboles pour les commandes de l'opérateur et autres indications — Partie 2: Symboles pour tracteurs et
machines agricoles
(if available)
Scope of proposed project
To add numerous symbols not in the current edition or amendments to ISO 3767-2. To include descriptions of the symbol
functions in accordance with IEC 80416-1, IEC 60417, and ISO 7000.
Concerns known patented items (see ISO/IEC Directives Part 1 for important guidance)
Yes
No
If "Yes", provide full information as annex
Envisaged publication type (indicate one of the following, if possible)
International Standard
Technical Specification
Publicly Available Specification
Technical Report
Purpose and justification (attach a separate page as annex, if necessary)
There are many relevant symbols not included in the current edition or amendments to ISO 3767-2. Also lacking are
descriptions of the symbol functions that provide additional information about the meaning of the symbols, how they are to
be used, and their relationship to other symbols in ISO 3767.
Target date for availability (date by which publication is considered to be necessary) 2014-12-31
Proposed development track
 1 (24 months)
2 (36 months - default)
3 (48 months)
Relevant documents to be considered
ISO 7000, IEC 60417, ISO 6405, ISO 2575
Relationship of project to activities of other international bodies
Liaison organizations
Need for coordination with:
IEC
FORM 4 (ISO) v.2007.1
CEN
Other (please specify)
Page 1 of 3
New work item proposal
Preparatory work (at a minimum an outline should be included with the proposal)
A draft is attached
An outline is attached. It is possible to supply a draft by
The proposer or the proposer's organization is prepared to undertake the preparatory work required
Yes
No
Name and signature of the Proposer
(include contact information)
Proposed Project Leader (name and address)
Richard Gast
Deere & Company
Moline, IL 61265 USA
+1 309 765 4715
[email protected]
Comments of the TC or SC Secretariat
Supplementary information relating to the proposal
This proposal relates to a new ISO document;
This proposal relates to the amendment/revision of an existing ISO document;
This proposal relates to the adoption as an active project of an item currently registered as a Preliminary Work Item;
This proposal relates to the re-establishment of a cancelled project as an active project.
Other:
Voting information
The ballot associated with this proposal comprises a vote on:
Adoption of the proposal as a new project
Adoption of the associated draft as a committee draft (CD)
Adoption of the associated draft for submission for the enquiry vote (DIS or equivalent)
Other:
Annex(es) are included with this proposal (give details)
Date of circulation
Closing date for voting
2 0 1 1 - 0 7 - 1 1 2 0 1 1 - 1 0 - 1 2
Signature of the TC or SC Secretary
S a l l y
S e i t z
Use this form to propose:
a) a new ISO document (including a new part to an existing document), or the amendment/revision of an existing ISO document;
b) the establishment as an active project of a preliminary work item, or the re-establishment of a cancelled project;
c) the change in the type of an existing document, e.g. conversion of a Technical Specification into an International Standard.
This form is not intended for use to propose an action following a systematic review - use ISO Form 21 for that purpose.
Proposals for correction (i.e. proposals for a Technical Corrigendum) should be submitted in writing directly to the secretariat concerned.
Guidelines on the completion of a proposal for a new work item
(see also the ISO/IEC Directives Part 1)
a) Title: Indicate the subject of the proposed new work item.
b) Scope: Give a clear indication of the coverage of the proposed new work item. Indicate, for example, if this is a proposal for a new document,
or a proposed change (amendment/revision). It is often helpful to indicate what is not covered (exclusions).
c) Envisaged publication type: Details of the types of ISO deliverable available are given in the ISO/IEC Directives, Part 1 and/or the
associated ISO Supplement.
d) Purpose and justification: Give details based on a critical study of the following elements wherever practicable. Wherever possible
reference should be made to information contained in the related TC Business Plan.
1) The specific aims and reason for the standardization activity, with particular emphasis on the aspects of standardization to be covered, the
problems it is expected to solve or the difficulties it is intended to overcome.
2) The main interests that might benefit from or be affected by the activity, such as industry, consumers, trade, governments, distributors.
3) Feasibility of the activity: Are there factors that could hinder the successful establishment or global application of the standard?
4) Timeliness of the standard to be produced: Is the technology reasonably stabilized? If not, how much time is likely to be available before
advances in technology may render the proposed standard outdated? Is the proposed standard required as a basis for the future development
of the technology in question?
5) Urgency of the activity, considering the needs of other fields or organizations. Indicate target date and, when a series of standards is
proposed, suggest priorities.
FORM 4 (ISO) v.2007.1
Page 2 of 3
New work item proposal
6) The benefits to be gained by the implementation of the proposed standard; alternatively, the loss or disadvantage(s) if no standard is
established within a reasonable time. Data such as product volume or value of trade should be included and quantified.
7) If the standardization activity is, or is likely to be, the subject of regulations or to require the harmonization of existing regulations, this should
be indicated.
If a series of new work items is proposed having a common purpose and justification, a common proposal may be drafted including all elements
to be clarified and enumerating the titles and scopes of each individual item.
e) Relevant documents and their effects on global relevancy: List any known relevant documents (such as standards and regulations),
regardless of their source. When the proposer considers that an existing well-established document may be acceptable as a standard (with or
without amendment), indicate this with appropriate justification and attach a copy to the proposal.
f) Cooperation and liaison: List relevant organizations or bodies with which cooperation and liaison should exist.
FORM 4 (ISO) v.2007.1
Page 3 of 3
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO TC 23/SC 14 N 336
Date: 2011-07-11
ISO/WD 3767-2
ISO TC 23/SC 14/WG
Secretariat: ANSI
Tractors, machinery for agriculture and forestry, powered lawn and
garden equipment — Symbols for operator controls and other
displays — Part 2: Symbols for agricultural tractors and machinery
Tracteurs, matériels agricoles et forestiers, matériel à moteur pour jardins et petouses — Symboles pour les
commandes de l'opérateur et autres indications — Partie 2: Symboles pour tracteurs et machines agricoles
Warning
This document is not an ISO International Standard. It is distributed for review and comment. It is subject to
change without notice and may not be referred to as an International Standard.
Recipients of this draft are invited to submit, with their comments, notification of any relevant patent rights of
which they are aware and to provide supporting documentation.
Document type: International Standard
Document subtype:
Document stage: (20) Preparatory
Document language: E
H:\cc51\Private\TC 23 SC 14\Projects\ISO 3767-2 2011 Revision\NP Ballot\ISO_3767-2_(E)_2011-0708.docx STD Version 2.1c2
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Copyright notice
This ISO document is a working draft or committee draft and is copyright-protected by ISO. While the
reproduction of working drafts or committee drafts in any form for use by participants in the ISO standards
development process is permitted without prior permission from ISO, neither this document nor any extract
from it may be reproduced, stored or transmitted in any form for any other purpose without prior written
permission from ISO.
Requests for permission to reproduce this document for the purpose of selling it should be addressed as
shown below or to ISO's member body in the country of the requester:
[Indicate the full address, telephone number, fax number, telex number, and electronic mail address, as
appropriate, of the Copyright Manger of the ISO member body responsible for the secretariat of the TC or
SC within the framework of which the working document has been prepared.]
Reproduction for sales purposes may be subject to royalty payments or a licensing agreement.
Violators may be prosecuted.
ii
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Contents
Page
Foreword .........................................................................................................................................................iv Introduction......................................................................................................................................................v 1
Scope ...................................................................................................................................................1 2
Normative references .........................................................................................................................1 3
Terms and definitions.........................................................................................................................1 4
General ................................................................................................................................................1 5
Colour ..................................................................................................................................................3 6
Development of new symbols............................................................................................................3 7
Adaptation of symbols as digital display icons................................................................................3 8
General agricultural equipment symbols..........................................................................................4 9
Agricultural tractor symbols ..............................................................................................................6 10
Harvesting machinery and equipment symbols .............................................................................16 11
Combine harvester symbols ............................................................................................................25 12
Cotton harvester symbols................................................................................................................31 13
Forage harvester symbols ...............................................................................................................38 14
Sugar cane harvester symbols ........................................................................................................42 15
Windrower symbols ..........................................................................................................................48 16
Agricultural sprayer symbols...........................................................................................................49 17
Baling equipment symbols ..............................................................................................................54 18
Agricultural implement symbols......................................................................................................57 © ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
iii
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Foreword
ISO (the International Organization for Standardization) is a worldwide federation of national standards bodies
(ISO member bodies). The work of preparing International Standards is normally carried out through ISO
technical committees. Each member body interested in a subject for which a technical committee has been
established has the right to be represented on that committee. International organizations, governmental and
non-governmental, in liaison with ISO, also take part in the work. ISO collaborates closely with the
International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) on all matters of electrotechnical standardization.
International Standards are drafted in accordance with the rules given in the ISO/IEC Directives, Part 2.
The main task of technical committees is to prepare International Standards. Draft International Standards
adopted by the technical committees are circulated to the member bodies for voting. Publication as an
International Standard requires approval by at least 75 % of the member bodies casting a vote.
Attention is drawn to the possibility that some of the elements of this document may be the subject of patent
rights. ISO shall not be held responsible for identifying any or all such patent rights.
ISO 3767-2 was prepared by Technical Committee ISO/TC 23, Tractors, machinery for agriculture and
forestry, powered lawn and garden equipment, Subcommittee SC 14, Symbols for controls and displays,
safety signs, manuals.
This second/third/... edition cancels and replaces the first/second/... edition (), [clause(s) / subclause(s) /
table(s) / figure(s) / annex(es)] of which [has / have] been technically revised.
ISO 3767 consists of the following parts, under the general title Tractors, machinery for agriculture and
forestry, powered lawn and garden equipment — Symbols for operator controls and other displays:
 Part 1: Common symbols
 Part 2: Symbols for agricultural tractors and machinery
 Part 3: Symbols for powered lawn and garden equipment
 Part 4: Symbols for forestry machinery
 Part 5: Symbols for manual portable forestry machines
iv
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Introduction
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
v
WORKING DRAFT
ISO/WD 3767-2
Tractors, machinery for agriculture and forestry, powered lawn
and garden equipment — Symbols for operator controls and
other displays — Part 2: Symbols for agricultural tractors and
machinery
1
Scope
This part of ISO 3767 establishes symbols for use on operator controls and other displays on agricultural
tractors and machinery as defined in ISO 3339-0.
2
Normative references
The following referenced documents are indispensable for the application of this document. For dated
references, only the edition cited applies. For undated references, the latest edition of the referenced
document (including any amendments) applies.
ISO 7000, Graphical symbols for use on equipment
[available in database format at http://www.graphical-symbols.info/ and at https://cdb.iso.org/cdb/]
IEC 60417, Graphicalsymbols for use on equipment
[available in database format at http://www.graphical-symbols.info/]
ISO 80416-2, Basic principles for graphical symbols for use on equipment — Part 2: Form and use of arrows
ISO 80416-4, Basic principles for graphical symbols for use on equiment — Part 4: Guidelines for the
adaptation of graphical symbols for use on screens and displays (icons)
IEC 80416-1, Basic principles for graphical symbols for use on equipment — Part 1: Creation of symbol
originals
IEC 80416-3, Basic principles for grpahical symbols for use on equipment — Part 3: Guidelines for the
application of graphical symbols
3
Terms and definitions
For the purposes of this document, the terms and definitions given in ISO 3767-1 apply.
4
General
4.1 Symbols shall be used as shown in this part of ISO 3767. However, selected symbols which are shown
in outline form in this part of ISO 3767 may be filled in actual use for enhanced clarity of reproduction and
improved visual perception by the operator, except as otherwise noted for individual symbols. Refer to IEC
80416-3.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
1
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
4.2 Limitations inherent in some reproduction and display technologies can require increased line width or
other minor modifications of symbols. Such modifications are acceptable, provided that the symbol remains
unchanged in its basic graphical elements and is easily discernable by the operator.
4.3 Additionally, to improve the appearance and perceptibility of a graphical symbol, or to coordinate with
the design of the euqipment to which it is applied, it can be necessary to change the line width or to round the
corners of the symbol. The graphical designer is normally free to make such changes, provided that the
essential perceptiable characteritics of the symbol are maintained.
4.4 For actual use, all symbols shall be reproduced large enough to be easily discernible by the operator.
See IEC 80416-1 for guidelines on the proper sizing of symbols. Symbols grouped together in a display or on
a set of controls should be scaled to the same degree relative to the corner marks of the symbol original as
shown in this part of ISO 3767 in order to maintain the correct visual relationship among the symbols.
Symbols shall be used in the orientation shown in this part of ISO3767, unless otherwise noted for individual
symbols.
4.5 Most symbols are constructed using a building block approach in which various symbols and symbol
elements are combined in a logical manner to produce a new symbol.
4.6 Symbols are generally intended to replace a word or words with a graphical image that has the same
meaning for all operators, regardless of their native language. However, the use of a graphical symbol to
identify a control or display does not preclude the use of words in conjunction with that control or display.
4.7 If a symbol shows a machine or parts of a machine from a side view, a machine moving from left to right
across the symbol area shall be assumed. If a symbol shows a machine or parts of a machine from an
overhead view, a machine moving from bottom to top across the symbol area shall be assumed.
4.8 Symbols on controls and displays shall have a good contrast to their background. A white or lightcoloured symbol on a black or dark-coloured backgound is preferred for most controls. Displays may use
either a white or light-coloured symbol on a black or dark-coloured background or a black or dark-coloured
symbol on a white or light-coloured background, depending upon which alternative provides the best visual
perception. When a symbol image is reversed (for example, from black-on-white to white-on-black or vice
versa) this reversal shall be done for the entire symbol.
4.9 Symbols shall be located on or adjacent to the control or display that is being identified. Where more
than one symbol is required for a control, the symbols shall be located in relation to the control such that
movement of the control towards the symbols shall effect the fucntion depicted by that symbol.
4.10 Arrows used in symbols shall conform symbols shall conform to the requirements of ISO 80416-2. IEC
80416-1 shall be consulted for the general principles for creating symbol originals. IEC 80416-3 should be
consulted for guidelines for the application of symbols.
4.11 ISO/IEC registration numbers are shown for symbols in this part of ISO 3767.
NOTE
Symbol originals are approved and registered either by ISO/TC 145/SC 3 and published in ISO 7000 or by
IEC/SC 3C and published in IEC 60417. In some cases, modified or application symbols, rather than the original symbols,
are standardized in this part of ISO 3767.
4.13 When letters or numerals are used in a symbol, the font shown shall not be considered definitive. Other
fonts may be used so long as the letters and numerals remain legible.
4.14 Symbols in this part of ISO 3767 are within marks that delimit the corners of the 75 mm square basic
pattern from IEC 80416-1. Corner marks are not part of the symbol, but are provided to ensure consistent
presentation of all symbol graphics.
2
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
5
Colour
When used on illuminated displays, the following colours shall have the meanings indicated:
 Red denotes a failure, serious malfunction, or operating condition that requires immediate attention;
 Yellow or amber denotes a condition outside normal operating limits
 Green denotes a normal operating condition
6
Development of new symbols
6.1 Prior to developing a new symbol, a search should be conducted for previously standardized symbols
with the same or similar meaning to what is needed. ISO 7000 and IEC 60417 (both available in database
form) are compilations of internationally standardized symbols which can be useful both for finding appropriate
symbols that do not appear in one of the parts of ISO 3767 and for generating concepts that can be used in
the development of new symbols.
6.2 New symbols shall be developed in accordance with the principles of ISO 3767-1 Annex A. IEC 804161 should be consulted for general principles for the creation of symbols. Arrows shall be in accordance with
ISO 80416-2. Different arrow forms have different meanings according to ISO 80416-2. Care should be
taken to use the correct arrow form. Following the guidelines of Annex A results in symbols appropriate in
graphical form and content for international standardization and ISO 7000 registration.
6.3 Symbols proposed for standardization in this part of ISO 3767 shall include a short explanation of the
function or expected use of the symbol.
NOTE
IEC 80416-1 uses the term "description" for this type of information and provides guidelines for writing
descriptions for symbols intended for standardization in ISO 7000 or IEC 60417. The descriptions for symbols
standardized in this part of ISO 37t67 can serve as examples.
7
Adaptation of symbols as digital display icons
Symbols can be adapted for use as digital display icons on reconfigurable or other electronic displays. Such
adaptations should follow the principles of ISO 80416-4. Special care should be taken to ensure that digital
display icons preserve the visual impression of the symbol from which the icon is adapted. The same
principles regarding use of colour with symbols apply to the use of colour with digital display icons.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
3
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
8
General agricultural equipment symbols
Graphical
symbol
8.1
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Area worked
ISO 7000-1657
To indicate the area that has been worked by a
machine.
To identify the control for specifying an area.
8.2
Area worked per hour
ISO 7000-1658
To indicate the area that has been worked by a
machine per hour of operation.
8.3
Work distance travelled
ISO 7000-2177
To indicate the distance that has been traveled by
a machine during work.
8.4
Application rate per area, general
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the application rate (for example, of
seeds or fertilizer) per area
8.5
Machine immobilizer
ISO 7000-3037
To identify the control that immobilizes the
machine to prevent its unintended or unauthorized
movement.
To indicate that the machine is in the immobilized
condition.
8.6
Four-wheel drive
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control for putting the machine into
four-wheel drive operating mode.
To indicate that the machine is operating in fourwheel drive mode.
8.7
Four-wheel drive machine, malfunction
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate a malfunction of the four-wheel drive
mechanism.
8.8
Total area worked
To indicate the total area that has been worked by
the machine in the given time period.
4
To be ISO 7000
registered
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Graphical
symbol
8.9
Symbol title and description
Area remaining to work
To indicate the area that remains to be worked by
a machine. The total area to be worked is
specified and the actual area worked is subtracted
to determine the area remaining.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/IEC
registration number
To be ISO 7000
registered
5
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
9
Agricultural tractor symbols
Graphical
symbol
9.1
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Tractor (side view of machine)
ISO 7000-2133
To identify the tractor from a side (profile) view.
Use as a base symbol for developing tractor
symbols that use a side (profile) view.
9.2
Tractor (overhead view of machine)
ISO 7000-2134
To identify the tractor from an overhead (plan)
view.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the tractor from above the
machine.
Use as a base symbol for developing tractor
symbols that use an overhead (plan) view.
9.3
Tractor, forward direction of movement (side
view of machine)
ISO 7000-1666
To identify the control that moves the tractor in the
forward direction.
To indicate that the tractor is moving forward.
9.4
Tractor, rearward direction of movement (side
view of machine)
ISO 7000-1667
To identify the control that moves the tractor in the
rearward direction.
To indicate that the tractor is moving rearward.
9.5
Tractor, forward direction of movement
(overhead view of machine)
ISO 7000-2135
To identify the control that moves the tractor in the
forward direction.
To indicate that the tractor is moving forward.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the tractor from above the
machine.
9.6
Tractor, rearward direction of movement
(overhead view of machine)
ISO 7000-2136
To identify the control that moves the tractor in the
rearward direction.
To indicate that the tractor is moving rearward.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the tractor from above the
machine.
6
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Graphical
symbol
9.7
Symbol title and description
Tractor, ground speed
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-2179
To identify the display shat shows ground speed of
the tractor.
To indicate the ground speed of the tractor.
9.8
Tractor, ground speed, automatic control
To identify the control that activates the automatic
mode for tractor ground speed.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that tractor ground speed is in the
automatic control mode.
9.9
Tractor, target ground speed
To identify the control that sets the target ground
speed of the tractor.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the tractor target ground speed.
9.10
Tractor, front wheel drive
ISO 7000-1663
To identify the control for the tractor front wheel
drive.
To indicate that the tractor front wheel drive is in
normal operation mode.
See also symbols in 9.11 and 9.12.
9.11
Tractor, front wheel drive, automatic operation
ISO 7000-2420
To identify the control for the automatic operation
of the tractor front wheel drive.
To indicate that the tractor front wheel drive is in
automatic operation mode.
Front wheel drive is engaged and disengaged
automatically based on operating conditions.
See also symbol in 9.10.
9.12
Tractor, front wheel drive, off
To identify the control that switches off the tractor
front wheel drive.
Negation of
ISO 7000-2420
To indicate that the tractor front wheel drive is
switched off.
9.13
Tractor, front wheel drive, braking
ISO 7000-2421
To identify the control for the tractor front wheel
drive brake.
To indicate the status of the tractor front wheel
drive brake system.
Front wheel drive engages when brakes are
applied at travel speeds above a specified limit.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
7
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Graphical
symbol
9.14
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
ISO 7000-1665
Tractor, wheel slip
To indicate the degree of wheel slip, which is the
difference between the actual ground speed of the
tractor and the ground speed implied by the
rotational speed of the drive wheels.
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
degree of wheel slip at which an indication is
provided or action is taken, either manually or
automatically.
See also symbol in 9.15.
9.15
Tractor, wheel slip. Automatic operation
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control for the automatic operation
of the tractor wheel slip system.
To indicate that the tractor wheel slip system is in
automatic operation mode.
See also symbol in 9.14.
9.16
Tractor, headland turning
ISO 7000-2800
To identify the control for a programmed sequence
of tractor operations taken at the end of a field
(headland).
To indicate the operational status of the tractor
headland turning system.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the tractor from above of the
machine.
9.17
Tractor, auxiliary headlights
ISO 7000-2137
To identify the control for the auxiliary headlights
of the tractor.
9.18
Tractor, suspension system
To identify the control for the tractor suspension
system.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the operational status of the tractor
suspension system.
9.19
Tractor, suspension system, front
To identify the control for the tractor front
suspension system.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the operational status of the tractor
front suspension system.
9.20
Tractor, suspension system, rear
To identify the control for the tractor rear
suspension system.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the operational status of the tractor
rear suspension system.
8
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Graphical
symbol
9.21
Symbol title and description
Tractor, ride control system
To identify the control for the tractor ride control
system, which dynamically adjusts the suspension
system to smooth the ride over uneven ground.
ISO/IEC
registration number
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the operational status of the tractor
ride control system.
9.22
Rockshaft
ISO 7000-1566
To identify the control for the rockshaft of a
machine; the rockshaft raises or lowers the
implement or equipment attached to it.
To indicate the operational status of the rockshaft.
A tractor symbol (see 9.1) may be placed to the
left of this symbol.
The horizontal ground line may be deleted if in
context the symbol meaning remains clear.
For front hitch (rockshaft), use mirror image (see
9.30).
9.23
Rockshaft , up; rockshaft, raise
ISO 7000-1567
To identify the control that raises the rockshaft.
To indicate that the rockshaft is being raised or is
in the raised (up) position.
A tractor symbol (see 9.1) may be placed to the
left of this symbol.
The horizontal ground line may be deleted if in
context the symbol meaning remains clear.
For front hitch (rockshaft), use mirror image (see
9.31).
9.24
Rockshaft, down; rockshaft, lower
ISO 7000-1568
To identify the control that lowers the rockshaft.
To indicate that the rockshaft is being lowered or
is in the lowered (down) position.
A tractor symbol (see 9.1) may be placed to the
left of this symbol.
The horizontal ground line may be deleted if in
context the symbol meaning remains clear.
For front hitch (rockshaft), use mirror image (see
9.32).
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
9
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Graphical
symbol
9.25
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
ISO 7000-1660
Rockshaft, float
To identify the control that allows the rockshaft to
move up and down with the contour of the ground
over which or through which the implement or
equipment attached to the rockshaft moves.
To indicate that the rockshaft is in the float
condition.
A tractor symbol (see 9.1) may be placed to the
left of this symbol.
For front hitch (rockshaft), use mirror image (see
9.34).
9.26
Rockshaft, upper limit
ISO 7000-2178
To identify the control that sets the maximum
height to which an implement can be raised by the
rockshaft.
To indicate that the rockshaft is raised to its
maximum height.
A tractor symbol (see 9.1) may be placed to the
left of this symbol.
The horizontal ground line may be deleted if in
context the symbol meaning remains clear.
For front hitch (rockshaft), use mirror image (see
9.35.
9.27
Rockshaft, lower limit
To identify the control that sets the minimum
height to which an implement can be lowered by
the rockshaft.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the rockshaft is lowered to its
maximum height.
A tractor symbol (see 9.1) may be placed to the
left of this symbol.
The horizontal ground line may be deleted if in
context the symbol meaning remains clear.
For front hitch (rockshaft), use symbol in 9.35.
9.28
Rockshaft, depth control, maximum depth
To identify the control that sets the maximum
depth to which the rockshaft is allowed to move
while the implement or equipment is in operation.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the maximum depth setting of the
rockshaft depth control.
A tractor symbol (see 9.1) may be placed to the
left of this symbol.
For front hitch (rockshaft), use mirror image (see
9.33).
10
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Graphical
symbol
9.29
Symbol title and description
Rockshaft, depth control, minimum depth
To identify the control that sets the minimum depth
to which the rockshaft is allowed to move while the
implement or equipment is in operation.
ISO/IEC
registration number
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the minimum depth setting of the
rockshaft depth control.
A tractor symbol (see 9.1) may be placed to the
left of this symbol.
For front hitch (rockshaft), use mirror image (see
9.36).
9.30
Front hitch (rockshaft)
To identify the control for the rockshaft of a
machine; the rockshaft raises or lowers the
implement or equipment attached to it.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the operational status of the rockshaft.
A tractor symbol (see 9.1) may be placed to the
right of this symbol.
The horizontal ground line may be deleted if in
context the symbol meaning remains clear.
For rear rockshaft, use symbol in 9.22.
9.31
Front hitch (rockshaft), up/raise
To identify the control that raises the front hitch
(rockshaft).
Mirror image
application of
ISO 7000-1567
To indicate that the front hitch (rockshaft) is being
raised or is in the raised (up) position.
A tractor symbol (see 9.1) may be placed to the
right of this symbol.
The horizontal ground line may be deleted if in
context the symbol meaning remains clear.
For rear rockshaft, use symbol in 9.23.
9.32
Front hitch (rockshaft), down/lower
To identify the control that lowers the rockshaft.
Mirror image
application of
ISO 7000-1568
To indicate that the rockshaft is being lowered or
is in the lowered (down) position.
A tractor symbol (see 9.1) may be placed to the
right of this symbol.
The horizontal ground line may be deleted if in
context the symbol meaning remains clear.
For rear rockshaft, use symbol in 9.24.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
11
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Graphical
symbol
9.33
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Front hitch (rockshaft), float
Mirror image
application of
ISO 7000-1660
To identify the control that allows the front hitch
(rockshaft) to move up and down with the contour
of the ground over which or through which the
implement or equipment attached to the rockshaft
moves.
To indicate that the front hitch (rockshaft) is in the
float condition.
A tractor symbol (see 9.1) may be placed to the
right of this symbol.
For rear rockshaft, use symbol in 9.25.
9.34
Front hitch (rockshaft), upper limit
To identify the control that sets the maximum
height to which an implement can be raised by the
front hitch (rockshaft).
Mirror image
application of
ISO 7000-2178
To indicate that the front hitch (rockshaft) is raised
to its maximum height.
A tractor symbol (see 9.1) may be placed to the
right of this symbol.
The horizontal ground line may be deleted if in
context the symbol meaning remains clear.
For rear rockshaft, use symbol in 9.26.
9.35
Front hitch (rockshaft), lower limit
To identify the control that sets the minimum
height to which an implement can be lowered by
the front hitch (rockshaft).
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the front hitch (rockshaft) is
lowered to its maximum height.
A tractor symbol (see 9.1) may be placed to the
right of this symbol.
The horizontal ground line may be deleted if in
context the symbol meaning remains clear.
For rear rockshaft, use symbol in 9.27.
9.36
Front hitch (rockshaft), depth control,
maximum depth
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that sets the maximum
depth to which the rockshaft is allowed to move
while the implement or equipment is in operation.
To indicate the maximum depth setting of the
rockshaft depth control.
A tractor symbol (see 9.1) may be placed to the
right of this symbol.
For rear rockshaft, use symbol in 9.28.
12
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Graphical
symbol
9.37
Symbol title and description
Front hitch (rockshaft), depth control,
minimum depth
ISO/IEC
registration number
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that sets the minimum depth
to which the front hitch (rockshaft) is allowed to
move while the implement or equipment is in
operation.
To indicate the minimum depth setting of the front
hitch (rockshaft) depth control.
A tractor symbol (see 9.1) may be placed to the
right of this symbol.
For rear hitch (rockshaft), use symbol in 9.29.
9.38
Differential lock
ISO 7000-1662
To identify the control for the differential lock,
which forces both wheels on an axle to rotate at
the same speed regardless of the traction
available to either wheel individually while still
allowing the wheels to rotate at different speeds
when negotiating a turn.
To indicate the operational status of the differential
lock.
9.39
PTO (Power take-off)
ISO 7000-1572
To identify the control for the power take-off (PTO)
system.
To indicate the operational status of the PTO.
Symbol may be used with a numerical indicator of
rated PTO rotational speed. See symbols in 9.42
and 9.43.
9.40
PTO (Power take-off), rotational speed
[version A]
ISO 7000-1664
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
rotational speed of the power take-off (PTO)
To indicate the rotational speed of the PTO.
Symbol in 9.41 is an alternative.
9.41
PTO (Power take-off), rotational speed
[version B]
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
rotational speed of the power take-off (PTO)
To indicate the rotational speed of the PTO.
Alternative to symbol in 9.40.
9.42
Power take-off (PTO), rated rotational speed
540 r/min
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control for the PTO rated at 540
r/min.
To indicate the operational status of the PTO rated
at 540 revolutions per minute.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
13
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Graphical
symbol
9.43
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Power take-off (PTO), rated rotational speed
1000 r/min
To be ISO 7000
egistered
To identify the control for the PTO rated at 1000
r/min.
To indicate the operational status of the PTO rated
at 1000 revolutions per minute.
9.44
Power take-off, failure
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate a failure or malfunction of the PTO.
9.45
Power take-off (PTO), load
To identify the control that sets the load (torque) of
the power take-off (PTO).
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the load (torque) of the PTO.
Metric torque units (Nm) are shown; non-metric
torque units (lb-fit) may be substituted.
9.46
Tractor with front PTO (side view of machine)
ISO 7000-2180
To identify the control for the front PTO of the
tractor.
To indicate the operational status of the tractor
front PTO.
Symbol may be used with a numerical indicator of
rated PTO rotational speed.
9.47
ISO 7000-2181
Tractor with rear PTO (side view of machine)
To identify the control for the rear PTO of the
tractor.
To indicate the operational status of the tractor
rear PTO.
Symbol may be used with a numerical indicator of
rated PTO rotational speed.
9.48
Tractor with front PTO (overhead view of
machine)
ISO 7000-2182
To identify the control for the front PTO of the
tractor.
To indicate the operational status of the tractor
front PTO.
Symbol may be used with a numerical indicator of
rated PTO rotational speed.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the tractor from above the
machine.
14
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Graphical
symbol
9.49
Symbol title and description
Tractor with rear PTO (overhead view of
machine)
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-2183
To identify the control for the rear PTO of the
tractor.
To indicate the operational status of the tractor
rear PTO.
Symbol may be used with a numerical indicator of
rated PTO rotational speed.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the tractor from above the
machine.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
15
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
10 Harvesting machinery and equipment symbols
Graphical
symbol
10.1
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Header; header drive; crop divider
[version A]
ISO 7000-1579
To identify the control for the header, header drive,
or crop divider of the harvesting machine.
To indicate the operational status of the header,
header drive, or crop divider.
Symbol in 10.2 is an alternative for headers that
can utilize a reel.
10.2
Header; header drive
[version B]
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control for the header drive of the
harvesting machine.
To indicate the operational status of the header.
Alternative to symbol in 10.1 for headers that can
utilize a reel.
10.3
Header drive, reverse
ISO 7000-1580
To identify the control for the reverser of the
header drive of the harvesting machine.
To indicate the operational status of the header
drive reverse function.
10.4
Header height
ISO 7000-1581
To identify the control that raises or lowers the
header of the harvesting machine.
10.5
Header height, raise
ISO 7000-2142
To identify the control that raises the header of the
harvesting machine.
10.6
Header height, lower
ISO 7000-2143
To identify the control that lowers the header of
the harvesting machine.
10.7
Header position, float
ISO 7000-1668
To identify the control that allows the header to
move up or down according to the contour of the
ground.
To indicate that the header is in the float condition.
16
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Graphical
symbol
10.8
Symbol title and description
Header, float pressure
To identify the control that sets the pressure
exerted by the header when in the float condition.
10.9
Header, tilt forward/rearward; crop divider, tilt
forward/rearward
ISO/IEC
registration number
To be ISO 7000
registered
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that adjusts the header or
drop divider angle (degree of tilt).
10.10
Header, tilt forward; crop divider, tilt forward
To identify the control that lowers the front of the
header or drop divider (tilts the header or crop
divider forward)
10.11
Header, tilt rearward; crop divider, tilt rearward
To identify the control that raises the front of the
header or drop divider (tilts the header or crop
divider rearward)
10.12
Header width
To identify the control that enters the width of the
header of the harvesting machine.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To be ISO 7000
registered
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the header width.
May be used in conjunction with unit of width
measurement.
10.13
Header row number; number header of rows
ISO 7000-2804
To identify the control for selecting a particular
header row or for selecting the number of rows on
a header.
To indicate the number of rows on a header or the
operational status of a particular header row.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the header from above the
machine.
10.14
Row spacing
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
spacing between the rows of a header.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the spacing between rows.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the header from above the
machine.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
17
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Graphical
symbol
10.15
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Reel; reel drive
ISO 7000-1582
To identify the control for the reel drive of the
harvesting machine.
To indicate the operational status of the reel.
10.16
Reel height
ISO 7000-1583
To identify the control that raises or lowers the reel
relative to the cutting platform of the harvesting
machine.
10.17
Reel distance
ISO 7000-1584
To identify the control that moves the reel forward
or rearward relative to the cutting platform of the
harvesting machine.
10.18
Reel, move forward
ISO 7000-1669
To identify the control that moves the reel forward
relative to the cutting platform of the harvesting
machine.
To indicate that the reel is moving forward or is in
its maximum forward position.
10.19
Reel, move rearward
ISO 7000-1670
To identify the control that moves the reel
rearward relative to the cutting platform of the
harvesting machine.
To indicate that the reel is moving rearward or is in
its maximum rearward position.
10.20
Reel, resume position
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that returns the reel to its
preset position relative to the header.
10.21
ISO 7000-1671
Reel speed
[version A]
To identify to control that sets or adjusts the
rotational speed of the reel.
To indicate the rotational speed of the reel.
Notation n/min may be added below the symbol,
either as an additional symbol element (see 10.23)
or as a substitute for the arrow (see 10.22).
18
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Graphical
symbol
10.22
Symbol title and description
Reel speed
[version B]
ISO/IEC
registration number
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify to control that sets or adjusts the
rotational speed of the reel.
To indicate the rotational speed of the reel.
Alternative to symbols in 10.21 and 10.23.
10.23
Reel speed
[version C]
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
rotational speed of the reel.
To indicate the rotational speed of the reel.
Alternative to symbols in 10.21 and 10.22.
10.24
Reel, direction of rotation, forward
To identify the control that rotates the reel in the
forward direction.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the reel is rotating forward.
10.25
Reel, direction of rotation, reverse
To identify the control that rotates the reel in the
reverse direction.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the reel is rotating in the reverse
direction.
10.26
Draper
To identify the control for the draper, which
conveys crop across the width of the header to a
central windrow.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the operational status of the draper.
This symbol may be used with a numerical
indicator of draper speed. See also symbol in
10.27.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the draper from above the
machine.
10.27
Draper speed
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
speed of the draper.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the draper speed.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the draper from above the
machine.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
19
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Graphical
symbol
10.28
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Draper, offset
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control for the offset draper, which
conveys crop across the width of the header to a
windrow offset to the side of the machine.
To indicate the operational status of the offset
draper.
This symbol may be used with a numerical
indicator of offset draper speed. See also symbol
in 10.29.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the draper from above the
machine.
10.29
Draper, offset, speed
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
speed of the offset draper.
To indicate the offset draper speed.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the draper from above the
machine.
10.30
Chopper
ISO 7000-1573
To identify the control of the chopper of the
combine harvester or other crop processing
equipment.
To indicate the operational status of the chopper.
10.31
Cleaning fan
ISO 7000-1597
To identify the control for the cleaning fan.
To indicate the operational status of the cleaning
fan.
The notation n/min may be added below the
symbol to indicate operating speed.
Symbol in 10.33 is an alternative.
10.32
Cleaning fan, speed
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
operating speed of the cleaning fan.
To indicate the operating speed of the cleaning
fan.
Symbols in 10.36, 10.35, and 10.36 are
alternatives.
10.33
Primary cleaning fan
To identify the control for the primary cleaning fan.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the operational status of the primary
cleaning fan.
Alternative to symbol in 10.31.
20
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Graphical
symbol
10.34
Symbol title and description
ISO/IEC
registration number
Primary cleaning fan, speed
[version A]
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
operating speed of the primary cleaning fan.
To indicate the operating speed of the primary
cleaning fan.
Notation n/min may be added below the symbol
either as an additional symbol element (see 10.36)
or as a substitute for the arrow (see 10.35).
Alternative to symbol in 10.32, 10.35, and 10.36.
10.35
Primary cleaning fan, speed
[version B]
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
operating speed of the primary cleaning fan.
To indicate the operating speed of the primary
cleaning fan.
Alternative to symbols in 10.32, 10.34, and 10.36
10.36
Primary cleaning fan, speed
[version C]
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
operating speed of the primary cleaning fan.
To indicate the operating speed of the primary
cleaning fan.
Alternative to symbols in 10.32, 10.34, and 10.35.
10.37
Secondary cleaning fan
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
operating speed of the secondary cleaning fan.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the operating speed of the secondary
cleaning fan.
10.38
Secondary cleaning fan, speed
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
operating speed of the secondary cleaning fan.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the operating speed of the secondary
cleaning fan.
10.39
Magnetic metal detector
To identify the location of the magnetic metal
detector.
Application of
ISO 7000-1677
To indicate the operational status of the magnetic
metal detector.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
21
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Graphical
symbol
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
ISO 7000-2144
Auger conveyor
10.40
To identify the equipment used to move material
by rotation of the auger.
To identify the control for operation of the auger
conveyor.
To indicate the operational status of the auger
conveyor.
Crop tank
10.41
ISO 7000-2148
To indicate the operational status of the grain tank
on a harvesting machine.
This symbol can be used in conjunction with a
numerical value indicating the capacity of the crop
tank or the amount of crop in the tank or the
proportion (percentage) that the crop tank is full.
Crop moisture content
10.42
ISO 7000-0505
To identify the control for regulating the crop
moisture content.
To indicate the crop moisture content.
This symbol is ISO 7000 registered with the title
"relative humidity; moisture content" and a
different description.
Grain processor, roll distance
10.43
ISO 7000-2803
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
distance between rolls of the grain processor.
To indicate the roll distance of the grain processor.
Grain damage
10.44
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the percentage or degree of damaged
grain in the sample.
10.45
New symbol
in development
Crop harvested
To indicate the total amount of grain or other crop
that has been harvested since the last reset of the
yield monitor.
To be ISO 7000
registered
Symbol may be used in conjunction with symbol
for counter in ISO 3767-1 (application of ISO
7000-0695).
10.46
New symbol
in development
Crop yield
To indicate the amount of grain or other crop that
has been harvested per area since the last reset
of the yield monitor.
To be ISO 7000
registered
Symbol may be used in conjunction with symbol
for counter in ISO 3767-1 (application of ISO
7000-0695).
22
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Graphical
symbol
10.47
Symbol title and description
Sidehill machine (rear view of machine)
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-2145
To identify the control for side-to-side leveling of
the machine for operation on an incline.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
10.48
Sidehill machine, level left side
ISO 7000-2146
To identify the control that raises the left side of
the machine for operation on an incline that falls
away to the left of the machine.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
10.49
Sidehill machine, level right side
ISO 7000-2147
To identify the control that lowers the right side of
the machine for operation on an incline that falls
away to the right of the machine.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
10.50
Wheel machine, cab leveling, fore-and-aft
ISO 7000-2807
To identify the control for fore-to-aft leveling of the
cab for operation on an incline.
10.51
Track machine, cab leveling, fore-and-aft
ISO 7000-2808
To identify the control for fore-to-aft leveling of the
cab for operation on an incline.
10.52
Header, lateral tilt (base symbol)
ISO 7000-2185
To identify the control that allows the header to tilt
laterally left or right.
To indicate the operational status of the header tilt
function.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
23
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Graphical
symbol
10.53
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
ISO 7000-2186
Header, lateral tilt left
To identify the control that tilts the header down
laterally to the left by rotating the header at its
lateral midpoint.
To indicate that the header is being tilted to the left
or is in the left-tilted position.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
10.54
Header, lateral tilt right
ISO 7000-2187
To identify the control that tilts the header down
laterally to the right by rotating the header at its
lateral midpoint.
To indicate that the header is being tilted to the
right or is in the right-tilted position.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
10.55
Header wings, fold down
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that folds down the header
wings of the harvesting machine.
To indicate that the header wings are folding down
or are in their down position.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
10.56
Header wings, fold up
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that folds up the header
wings of the harvesting machine.
To indicate that the header wings are folding up or
are in their up position.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
24
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
11 Combine harvester symbols
Graphical
symbol
11.1
Symbol title and description
Combine harvester (side view of machine)
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-2138
To identify the machine used to harvest grain and
which combines havesting, threshing, and
cleaning operations.
11.2
Combine harvester (overhead view of machine)
ISO 7000-2139
To identify the machine used to harvest grain and
which combines harvesting, threshing, and
cleaning operations.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the combine harvester from
above the machine.
11.3
Combine harvester, forward movement (side
view of machine)
ISO 7000-1678
To identify the control that moves the combine
harvester in the forward direction.
To indicate that the combine harvester is moving
forward.
11.4
Combine harvester, rearward movement (side
view of machine)
ISO 7000-1679
To identify the control that moves the combine
harvester in the rearward direction.
To indicate that the combine harvester is moving
rearward.
11.5
Combine harvester, forward movement
(overhead view of machine)
ISO 7000-2140
To identify the control that moves the combine
harvester in the forward direction.
To indicate that the combine harvester is moving
forward.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the combine harvester from
above the machine.
11.6
Combine harvester, rearward movement
(overhead view of machine)
ISO 7000-2141
To identify the control that moves the combine
harvester in the rearward direction.
To indicate that the combine harvester is moving
rearward.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the combine harvester from
above the machine.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
25
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Graphical
symbol
11.7
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Combine harvester, ground speed
ISO 7000-2196
To identify the display shat shows ground speed of
the tractor.
To indicate the ground speed of the tractor.
11.8
Combine harvester, ground speed, automatic
control
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that activates the automatic
mode for combine harvester ground speed.
To indicate that combine harvester ground speed
is in the automatic control mode.
11.9
Combine harvester, target ground speed
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that sets the target ground
speed for the combine harvester.
To indicate the combine harvester target ground
speed.
11.10
Combine harvester, powered rear wheels
ISO 7000-2188
To identify the control for the combine rear wheel
drive.
To indicate that the combine rear wheel drive is in
normal operation mode.
See also symbol in 11.11.
11.11
Combine harvester, powered rear wheels,
automatic operation
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that activates the automatic
operation of the combine harvester powered rear
wheels.
To indicate that the combine harvester powered
rear wheels are in automatic operation mode.
Powered rear wheels are engaged and
disengaged automatically based on operating
conditions.
See also ISO 7000-2188 (in 11.10).
11.12
Combine harvester, wheel slip
To indicate the degree of wheel slip, which is the
difference between the actual ground speed of the
combine harvester and the ground speed implied
by the rotational speed of the drive wheels.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
degree of wheel slip at which another action is
taken, either manually or automatically.
See also symbol in 11.13
26
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Graphical
symbol
11.13
Symbol title and description
Combine harvester, wheel slip, automatic
operation
ISO/IEC
registration number
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that activates the automatic
operation of the combine harvester wheel slip
system.
To indicate that the combine harvester wheel slip
system is in automatic operation mode.
See also symbol in 11.12.
11.14
Combine harvester, ready to harvest
To indicate that the equipment and mechanisms of
the combine harvester are ready for harvesting
operations
11.15
Combine harvester, headland turning
To be ISO 7000
registered
ISO 7000-2801
To identify the control for a programmed sequence
of combine harvester operations taken at the end
of a field (headland).
To indicate the operational status of the headland
turning system.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the combine from above of the
machine.
11.16
Combine harvester, separator drive
ISO 7000-1578
To indicate the operational status of the separator
drive system.
11.17
Header backshaft
To identify the control for the header backshaft.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the operational status of the header
backshaft.
This symbol may be used with a numerical
indicator of threshing cylinder rotational speed.
See also symbol 11.18.
11.18
Header backshaft speed
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
speed of the header backshaft.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the header backshaft speed.
11.19
Grain elevator; grain auger
ISO 7000-1576
To identify the control for the grain elevator, which
transports clean grain to the grain tank.
To indicate the operational status of the grain
elevator.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
27
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Graphical
symbol
11.20
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Tailings elevator; tailings auger
ISO 7000-1577
To identify the control for the tailings elevator,
which transports crop material back to the
threshing mechanism for further separation of
grain.
To indicate the operational status of the tailings
elevator.
11.21
Threshing cylinder
ISO 7000-1574
To identify the control for the threshing cylinder.
To indicate the operational status of the threshing
cylinder.
This symbol may be used with a numerical
indicator of threshing cylinder rotational speed.
See also symbols in 11.22 and 11.23.
11.22
Threshing cylinder, speed
[version A]
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control for setting or adjusting the
rotational speed of the threshing cylinder.
To indicate the threshing cylinder rotational speed.
Notation n/min may be placed below the symbol
as a substitute for the arrow (see 11.23).
11.23
Threshing cylinder, speed
[version B]
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
rotational speed of the threshing cylinder.
To indicate the threshing cylinder rotational speed.
Alternative to symbol in clause 11.22.
11.24
Separator drive oil
ISO 7000-2189
To identify the fill point for separator drive oil.
To identify the container for separator drive oil.
11.25
Separator drive oil pressure
ISO 7000-2190
To identify the display that provides information
about the separator drive oil pressure.
To indicate the separator drive oil pressure.
11.26
Separator drive oil filter
ISO 7000-2191
To identify the separator drive oil filter.
To identify the display that provides information
about the separator drive oil pressure.
To indicate the operational status of the separator
drive oil filter.
28
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Graphical
symbol
11.27
Symbol title and description
Separator drive oil temperature
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-2192
To identify the display that provides information
about the separator drive oil temperature.
To indicate the separator drive oil temperature.
11.28
Concave adjustment
ISO 7000-1585
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
distance between the threshing cylinder and the
concave.
To indicate the distance between the threshing
cylinder and the concave.
11.29
Beater
ISO 7000-2183
To identify the control for the beater of the
combine harvester.
To indicate the operational status of the beater.
11.30
Straw walker
ISO 7000-1575
To identify the control for the straw walker of the
combine harvester.
To indicate the operational status of the straw
walker.
11.31
Sieve adjustment
ISO 7000-1586
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
sieve to allow larger or smaller kernels of grain to
fall through the sieve.
To indicate the operational status of the sieve.
11.32
Spreader
To identify the control for the spreader.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the operational status of the spreader.
This symbol may be used with a numerical
indicator of threshing cylinder rotational speed.
See also symbol in 11.33.
11.33
Spreader speed
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
spreader speed.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the spreader speed.
11.34
Unloader
ISO 7000-1672
To identify the control for the unloader.
To indicate the operational status of the unloader.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the unloader from above of the
machine.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
29
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Graphical
symbol
11.35
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
ISO 7000-1587
Unloader, swing out
To identify the control that swings the unloader
away from the side of the combine harvester to
allow the grain tank to be unloaded.
To indicate that the unloader is swinging out or
has reached the out position.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the unloader from above of the
machine.
11.36
Unloader, swing in
ISO 7000-1588
To identify the control that swings the unloader
toward the side of the combine harvester.
To indicate that the unloader is swinging in or has
reached the in position.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the unloader from above of the
machine.
11.37
Unloader drive, discharge
ISO 7000-1589
To identify the control that activates the discharge
mechanism to unload grain from the grain tank of
the combine harvester to a transport machine or
storage container.
To indicate that the unloader drive is in operation.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
11.38
Unloader drive, disengage
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that deactivates the
discharge mechanism of the unloader drive.
To indicate that the unloader drive is not in
operation.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
11.39
Combine harvester, restricted crop flow
ISO 7000-2195
To indicate that crop flow through the combine
harvester is restricted (for example, by attempting
to move too great a volume of crop through the
combine harvester or by an obstruction in the crop
path.
30
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
12 Cotton harvester symbols
Graphical
symbol
12.1
Symbol title and description
Cotton harvester (side view of machine)
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-2149
To identify the cotton harvester from a side
(profile) view.
Use as a base symbol for developing cotton
harvester symbols that use a side (profile) view.
12.2
Cotton harvester, forward movement (side
view of machine)
ISO 7000-2150
To identify the control that moves the cotton
harvester in the forward direction.
To indicate that the cotton harvester is moving
forward.
The cotton harvester is shown in the side (profile)
view.
12.3
Cotton harvester, rearward movement (side
view of machine)
ISO 7000-2151
To identify the control that moves the cotton
harvester in the rearward direction.
To indicate that the cotton harvester is moving
rearward.
The cotton harvester is shown in the side (profile)
view.
12.4
Cotton harvester, ground speed
ISO 7000-2197
To identify the display that shows ground speed of
the tractor.
To indicate the ground speed of the cotton
harvester.
12.5
Cotton harvester, ground speed, automatic
operation
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that activates the automatic
mode for cotton harvester ground speed.
12.6
Cotton harvester, target ground speed
To identify the control that sets the target ground
speed for the cotton harvester.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the cotton harvester target ground
speed.
12.7
Cotton harvester, powered rear wheels
To identify the control for the powered rear wheel
drive function on the cotton harvester.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the operational status of the powered
rear wheel drive function.
See also symbol in 12.8.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
31
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Graphical
symbol
12.8
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Cotton harvester, powered rear wheels,
automatic operation
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that activates the automatic
operation of the cotton harvester powered rear
wheels.
To indicate the operational status of the cotton
harvester automatic powered rear wheel function.
Powered rear wheels are engaged and
disengaged automatically based on operating
conditions.
See also symbol in 12.7.
12.9
Cotton harvester, wheel slip
To indicate the degree of wheel slip, which is the
difference between the actual ground speed of the
cotton harvester and the ground speed implied by
the rotational speed of the drive wheels.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
degree of wheel slip at which another action is
taken, either manually or automatically.
See also symbol in 12.10.
12.10
Cotton harvester, wheel slip, automatic
operation
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that activates the automatic
operation of the cotton harvester wheel slip
system.
To indicate that the cotton harvester wheel slip
system is in automatic operation mode.
See also symbol in 12.9.
12.11
Cotton harvester, ready to harvest
To indicate that the equipment and mechanisms of
the cotton harvester are ready for harvesting
operations.
12.12
Cotton picking unit; cotton stripping unit
To be ISO 7000
registered
ISO 7000-1590
To identify the control for the cotton picking or
cotton stripping unit of the cotton harvester.
To indicate the operational status of the cotton
harvesting unit.
Use as a base symbol for developing symbols for
cotton harvesting functions that involve the picking
unit.
32
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Graphical
symbol
12.13
Symbol title and description
Cotton picking unit, reverse
To identify the control that reverses the direction of
the cotton picking or cotton stripping unit (for
example, to dislodge material that is preventing
normal operation).
ISO/IEC
registration number
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the cotton picking unit is operating
in reverse.
12.14
Cotton picking unit, off
To identify the control that stops operation of the
cotton picking unit.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the cotton picking unit is switched
off.
12.15
Cotton picking unit, raise/lower
To identify the control that raises or lowers the
cotton picking or cotton stripping unit.
12.16
Cotton picking unit, up (raise)
To be ISO 7000
registered
ISO 7000-1591
To identify the control that raises one or a group of
cotton picking or cotton stripping units.
To indicate that the cotton harvesting unit is being
raised or is in the raised (up) position.
12.17
Cotton picking unit, down (lower)
ISO 7000-1592
To identify the control that lowers one or a group
of cotton picking or cotton stripping units.
To indicate that the cotton harvesting unit is being
lowered or is in the lowered (down) position.
12.18
Cotton picking unit, height adjustment
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
height of the cotton picking unit relative to the
ground.
To be ISO 7000
registered
See also symbol in 12.19.
12.19
Cotton picking unit, variable height adjustment
To identify the control that adjusts the height of the
cotton picking or cotton stripping unit relative to
the ground.
To be ISO 7000
registered
This symbol indicates a rotational control.
See also symbol in 12.18, which is preferred
unless the addition of the variability symbol
provides significant clarification for the control.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
33
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Graphical
symbol
12.20
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Cotton picking unit, raise/lower to preset
height
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that raises or lowers the
cotton picking or cotton stripping unit to a specified
height.
12.21
Cotton picking unit, upper height limit
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that sets the upper height
limit for the cotton picking or cotton stripping unit.
12.22
Cotton basket
ISO 7000-1593
To identify the control for operating the cotton
basket.
To indicate the operational status of the cotton
basket.
Use as a base symbol for developing symbols for
cotton harvesting functions that involve the basket.
12.23
Cotton basket, dump
[version A]
ISO 7000-1673
To identify the control that dumps the cotton
basket.
To indicate that the cotton basket is being dumped
or is in the dump position.
Symbol in 12.24 is an alternative.
12.24
Cotton basket, dump
[version B]
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that dumps the cotton
basket.
To indicate that the cotton basket is being dumped
or is in the dump position.
Alternative to ISO 7000-1673 (see 12.23).
12.25
Cotton basket, return (carry)
[version A]
ISO 7000-1674
To identify the control that returns the cotton
basket to the carry position.
To indicate that the cotton basket is being returned
to or is in the carry position.
Symbol in 12.26 is an alternative.
34
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Graphical
symbol
12.26
Symbol title and description
ISO/IEC
registration number
Cotton basket return (carry)
[version B]
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that returns the cotton
basket to the carry position.
To indicate that the cotton basket is being returned
to or is in the carry position.
Alternative to ISO 7000-1674 (see 12.25).
12.27
Cotton basket, extend
ISO 7000-2152
To identify the control that extends the top of the
cotton basket to allow more cotton to be harvested
before the basket is emptied.
To indicate that the cotton basket is being
extended or is in the extended position.
12.28
Cotton basket, full
To indicate that the cotton basket has been filled
to its maximum capacity.
12.29
Cotton basket conveyor
To identify the control for operation of the cotton
basket conveyor, which moves cotton within the
basket to assist in dumping cotton.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the operational status of the cotton
basket conveyor.
12.30
Cotton basket vane
To identify the control for operation of the cotton
basket vane, which compacts cotton within the
basket to allow more cotton to be harvested before
the basket is emptied.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the operational status of the cotton
basket vane.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
12.31
Cotton basket vane, rotate left
To identify the control that rotates the cotton
basket vane to the left.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the cotton basket vane is rotating
to the left or is in the left-rotated position.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
35
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Graphical
symbol
12.32
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Cotton basket vane, rotate right
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that rotates the cotton
basket vane to the right.
To indicate that he cotton basket vane is rotating
to the right or is in the right-rotated position.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
12.33
Cleaner feed
Application of ISO
7000-2153
To identify the control for the cleaner feed of the
cotton harvester.
To indicate the operational status of the cleaner
feed.
This symbol may be used with a numerical
indicator of cleaner feed speed.
12.34
Cleaner saw
ISO 7000-2154
To identify the control for the cleaner saw of the
cotton harvester.
To indicate the operational status of the cleaner
saw.
This symbol may be used with a numerical
indicator of cleaner saw speed.
12.35
Cleaner saw speed
[version A]
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
speed of the cleaner saw of the cotton harvester.
To indicate the cleaner saw speed.
Notation n/min may be added below the symbol
as a substitute for the arrow (see symbol in 12.36).
12.36
Cleaner saw speed
[version B]
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
speed of the cleaner saw of the cotton harvester.
To indicate the cleaner saw speed.
Alternative to symbol in 12.35.
12.37
Cotton chamber (door)
ISO 7000-2155
To identify the control that opens and closes the
cotton chamber (door) or the cotton harvester.
To indicate the operational status of the cotton
chamber (door).
36
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Graphical
symbol
12.38
Symbol title and description
Cotton spindle drum
To identify the control for the cotton spindle drum.
ISO/IEC
registration number
Application of
ISO 7000-2156
To indicate the operational status of the cotton
spindle drum.
This symbol may be used with a numerical
indicator of cotton spindle drum speed.
12.39
Cotton spindle drum, slow rotation
To identify the control that rotates the cotton
spindle drum at a slow speed in order to allow the
operator safely to perform diagnostic or
maintenance functions.
12.40
Tether
To identify the control that allows away-from-cab
control of the cotton spindle drum.
12.41
Brush rolls
To be ISO 7000
registered
To be ISO 7000
registered
ISO 7000-2194
To identify the control for the brush rolls of the
cotton harvester.
To indicate the operational status of the brush
rolls.
This symbol may be used with a numerical
indicator of brush roll speed.
12.42
Cross auger
To identify the control for the cross auger.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the operational status of the cross
auger.
This symbol may be used with a numerical
indicator of cross auger speed.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the cross auger from above the
machine.
12.43
Blower vacuum
To identify the control for the blower that reduces
the air pressure (creates a partial vacuum) to
assist in transporting cotton to the basket.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the operational status of the blower
vacuum.
12.44
Trash chute
To indicate the operational status of the trash
chute, through which passes debris from the
cotton harvesting operations.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
To be ISO 7000
registered
37
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
13 Forage harvester symbols
Graphical
symbol
13.1
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Self-propelled forage harvester (side view of
machine)
ISO 7000-2157
To identify the self-propelled forage harvester from
a side (profile) view.
Use as a base symbol for developing forage
harvester symbols that use a side (profile) view.
13.2
Self-propelled forage harvester, forward
movement (side view of machine)
ISO 7000-2158
To identify the control that moves the selfpropelled forage harvester in the forward direction.
To indicate that the forage harvester is moving
forward.
The forage harvester is shown in the side (profile)
view.
13.3
Self-propelled forage harvester, rearward
movement (side view of machine)
ISO 7000-2159
To identify the control that moves the selfpropelled forage harvester in the rearward
direction.
To indicate that the forage harvester is moving
rearward.
The forage harvester is shown in the side (profile)
view.
13.4
Self-propelled forage harvester, ground speed
ISO 7000-2198
To identify the display shat shows ground speed of
the self-propelled forage harvester.
To indicate the ground speed of the self-propelled
forage harvester.
13.5
Self-propelled forage harvester, ground speed,
automatic operation
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that activates the automatic
mode for forage harvester ground speed.
13.6
Self-propelled forage harvester, target ground
speed
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that sets the target ground
speed for the forage harvester.
To indicate the forage harvester target ground
speed.
38
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Graphical
symbol
13.7
Symbol title and description
Self-propelled forage harvester, powered rear
wheels
ISO/IEC
registration number
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control for the powered rear wheel
drive function on the self-propelled forage
harvester.
To indicate the operational status of the powered
rear wheel drive function.
See also symbol in 13.8.
13.8
Self-propelled forage harvester, powered rear
wheels, automatic operation
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that activates the automatic
operation of the self-propelled forage harvester
powered rear wheels.
To indicate the operational status of the cotton
harvester automatic powered rear wheel function.
Powered rear wheels are engaged and
disengaged automatically based on operating
conditions.
See also symbol in 13.7.
13.9
Self-propelled forage harvester, wheel slip
To indicate the degree of wheel slip, which is the
difference between the actual ground speed of the
forage harvester and the ground speed implied by
the rotational speed of the drive wheels.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
degree of wheel slip at which another action is
taken, either manually or automatically.
See also symbol in 13.10.
13.10
Self-propelled forage harvester, wheel slip,
automatic operation
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that activates the automatic
operation of the forage harvester wheel slip
system.
To indicate that the forage harvester wheel slip
system is in automatic operation mode.
See also symbol in 13.9.
13.11
Spout
ISO 7000-1594
To identify the control that adjusts the angle of the
forage harvester spout deflector.
To indicate the operational status of the spout.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
39
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Graphical
symbol
13.12
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Spout deflector, up
ISO 7000-1595
To identify the control that raises the spout
deflector to direct silage into the desired portion of
the wagon or storage container.
To indicate that the spout deflector is being raised.
13.13
Spout deflector, down
ISO 7000-1697
To identify the control that lowers the spout
deflector to direct silage into the desired portion of
the wagon or storage container.
To indicate that the spout deflector is being
lowered.
13.14
Spout rotation, left
ISO 7000-1675
To identify the control that rotates the spout to the
left to direct silage into the desired portion of the
wagon or storage container.
To indicate that the spout is being rotated to the
left.
The arrow indicating rotation is viewed from the
perspective of a person looking at the spout from
above the machine.
13.15
Spout rotation, right
ISO 7000-1676
To identify the control that rotates the spout to the
right to direct silage into the desired portion of the
wagon or storage container.
To indicate that the spout is being rotated to the
left.
The arrow indicating rotation is viewed from the
perspective of a person looking at the spout from
above the machine.
13.16
Cutterhead
ISO 7000-2160
To identify the control for the cutterhead of the
forage harvester.
To indicate the operational status of the
cutterhead.
This symbol may be used with a numerical
indicator of cutterhead rotational speed.
13.17
Cutterhead speed
[version A]
ISO 7000-2199
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
cutterhead speed.
To identify the display for the cutterhead speed.
To indicate the cutterhead speed.
Notation n/min may be added below symbol as a
substitute for the arrow (see symbol in 13.18).
40
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Graphical
symbol
13.18
Symbol title and description
Cutterhead speed
[version B]
ISO/IEC
registration number
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
cutterhead speed.
To identify the display for the cutterhead speed.
To indicate the cutterhead speed.
Alternative to symbol in 13.17.
13.19
Crop, cutting height
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
cutting height.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the specified or actual cutting height.
13.20
Crop, cutting length
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
cutting length.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the specified or actual cutting length
13.21
Shear bar-to-cutterhead distance
ISO 7000-2802
To identify the control for adjusting the distance
between the shear bar and cutterhead.
To indicate the specified or actual shear bar-tocutterhead distance during operation.
13.22
Rotary air screen
To identify the control for the rotary air screen.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the operational status of the rotary air
screen.
13.23
Liquid injection pump
To identify the control for the liquid injection pump,
which sprays a liquid on the forage crop before it
is blown into the wagon.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the operational status of the liquid
injection pump.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
41
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
14 Sugar cane harvester symbols
Graphical
symbol
14.1
Symbol title and description
Sugar cane harvester (side view of machine)
To identify the sugar cane harvester from a side
(profile) view.
ISO/IEC
registration number
To be ISO 7000
registered
Use as a base symbol for developing sugar cane
harvester symbols that use a side (profile) view.
14.2
Sugar cane harvester (overhead view of
machine)
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the sugar cane harvester from an
overhead view.
Use as a base symbol for developing sugar cane
harvester symbols that use an overhead view.
14.3
Sugar cane harvester, forward direction of
movement (side view of machine)
To be ISO 7000
registered
Description to be added.
14.4
Sugar cane harvester, rearward direction of
movement (side view of machine)
To be ISO 7000
registered
Description to be added.
14.5
Sugar cane harvester, forward direction of
movement (overhead view of machine)
To be ISO 7000
registered
Description to be added.
14.6
Sugar cane harvester, rearward direction of
movement (overhead view of machine)
To be ISO 7000
registered
Description to be added.
14.7
Sugar cane harvester, ground speed
Description to be added.
14.8
Sugar cane harvester, ground speed, fast
setting
To be ISO 7000
registered
To be ISO 7000
registered
Description to be added.
42
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Graphical
symbol
14.9
Symbol title and description
Sugar cane harvester, ground speed, slow
setting
ISO/IEC
registration number
To be ISO 7000
registered
Description to be added.
14.10
Sugar cane harvester, work lights
Description to be added.
14.11
Sugar cane harvester, basecutter
Description to be added.
14.12
Sugar cane harvester, basecutter, height
adjustment, automatic
To be ISO 7000
registered
To be ISO 7000
registered
To be ISO 7000
registered
Description to be added.
14.13
Sugar cane harvester, basecutter, height
adjustment
To be ISO 7000
registered
Description to be added.
14.14
Sugar cane harvester, basecutter, height
adjustment, automatic
To be ISO 7000
registered
Description to be added.
14.15
Sugar cane harvester, basecutter, target height
Description to be added.
14.16
Sugar cane harvester, topper
Description to be added.
14.17
Sugar cane harvester, topper, up/down
Description to be added.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
To be ISO 7000
registered
To be ISO 7000
registered
To be ISO 7000
registered
43
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Graphical
symbol
14.18
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Sugar cane harvester, topper, height
adjustment
To be ISO 7000
registered
Description to be added.
14.19
Sugar cane harvester, topper, height
adjustment, automatic
To be ISO 7000
registered
Description to be added.
14.20
Sugar cane harvester, topper, target height
To be ISO 7000
registered
Description to be added.
Can be used as an integrated symbol or the target
symbol element can be used separate from but in
conjunction with the topper symbol.
14.21
Sugar cane harvester, topper, discharge
direction. left
To be ISO 7000
registered
Description to be added.
14.22
Sugar cane harvester, topper, discharge
direction. right
To be ISO 7000
registered
Description to be added.
14.23
Sugar cane harvester, cane knife
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control for the cane knife of the
sugar cane harvester.
To indicate the operational status of the cane
knife.
If it is necessary to differentiate the left-hand cane
knife and right-hand cane knife, the letter L for lefthand side or the letter R for right-hand side may
be added to the symbol.
14.24
Sugar cane harvester, cane knife speed
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
rotational speed of the cane knife of the sugar
cane harvester.
To indicate the rotational speed of the cane knife.
If it is necessary to differentiate the left-hand cane
knife and right-hand cane knife, the letter L for lefthand side or the letter R for right-hand side may
be added to the symbol.
44
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Graphical
symbol
14.25
Symbol title and description
Sugar cane harvester, knock down roller
adjustment
ISO/IEC
registration number
To be ISO 7000
registered
Description to be added.
14.26
Sugar cane harvester, harvesting function
Description to be added.
14.27
Sugar cane harvester, harvester function,
forward direction
To be ISO 7000
registered
To be ISO 7000
registered
Description to be added.
14.28
Sugar cane harvester, harvesting function,
reverse direction
To be ISO 7000
registered
Description to be added.
14.29
Sugar cane harvester, elevator or elevator
drive
To be ISO 7000
registered
Description to be added.
14.30
Sugar cane harvester, elevator drive, reverse
Description to be added.
14.31
Sugar cane harvester, elevator bin flap
Description to be added.
14.32
Sugar cane harvester, elevator bin flap, in/out
Description to be added.
14.33
Sugar cane harvester, elevator, raise
Description to be added.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
To be ISO 7000
registered
To be ISO 7000
registered
To be ISO 7000
registered
To be ISO 7000
registered
45
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Graphical
symbol
14.34
Symbol title and description
Sugar cane harvester, elevator, lower
Description to be added.
14.35
Sugar cane harvester, elevator, swing left
Description to be added.
14.36
Sugar cane harvester, elevator, swing right
Description to be added.
14.37
Sugar cane harvester, hood, rotate clockwise
Description to be added.
14.38
Sugar cane harvester, hood, rotate anticlockwise
ISO/IEC
registration number
To be ISO 7000
registered
To be ISO 7000
registered
To be ISO 7000
registered
To be ISO 7000
registered
To be ISO 7000
registered
Description to be added.
14.39
Sugar cane loader, pusher-piler
To identify the pusher-piler of the sugar cane
loader; the pusher-piler allows the machine to
push sugar cane into a pile so that it can be
grabbed with the grapple.
14.40
Sugar cane loader, pusher-piler, raise
To identify the control that raises the pusher-piler
of the sugar cane loader.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the pusher-piler is being raised or
is in the raised position.
14.41
Sugar cane loader, piler, lower
To identify the control that lowers the piler of the
sugar cane loader.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the piler is being lowered or is in
the lowered position.
46
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Graphical
symbol
14.42
Symbol title and description
Sugar cane loading equipment
To identify the loading equipment for the sugar
cane loader.
ISO/IEC
registration number
To be ISO 7000
registered
Use as a symbol element in the development of
related symbols.
14.43
Sugar cane loader, mast, rotate
To identify the control that rotates the mast of the
sugar cane loader to the right or left.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the loader mast is being rotated.
14.44
Sugar cane loader, mast rotate, left
To identify the control that rotates the mast of the
sugar cane loader to the left.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the loader mast is being rotated to
the left or is in the left-rotated position.
14.45
Sugar cane loader, mast, rotate right
To identify the control that rotates the mast of the
sugar cane loader to the right.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the loader mast is being rotated to
the right or is in the right-rotated position.
14.46
Sugar cane loader, boom, raise
To identify the control that raises the boom of the
sugar cane loader.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the loader boom is being raised or
is in the raised position.
14.47
Sugar cane loader, boom, lower
To identify the control that lowers the boom of the
sugar cane loader.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the loader boom is being lowered
or is in the lowered position.
14.48
Sugar cane loader, arm, raise
To identify the control that raises the arm of the
sugar cane loader.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the loader arm is being raised or is
in the raised position.
14.49
Sugar cane loader, arm, lower
To identify the control that lowers the arm of the
sugar cane loader.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the loader arm is being lowered or
is in the lowered position.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
47
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
15 Windrower symbols
Graphical
symbol
15.1
New symbol
in development
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Self-propelled windrower (side view of
machine)
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the self-propelled windrower from a
side (profile) view.
Use as a base symbol for developing windrower
symbols that use a side (profile) view.
15.2
New symbol
in development
Self-propelled windrower, forward direction of
movement (side view of machine)
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that moves the selfpropelled windrower in the forward direction.
To indicate that the windrower is moving forward.
The windrower is shown in the side (profile) view.
15.3
New symbol
in development
Self-propelled windrower, rearward direction of
movement (side view of machine)
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that moves the selfpropelled sprayer in the rearward direction.
To indicate that the windrower is moving rearward.
The windrower is shown in the side (profile) view.
15.4
New symbol
in development
Self-propelled windrower, ground speed
To identify the display that shows ground speed of
the self-propelled windrower.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the ground speed of the self-propelled
windrower.
48
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
16 Agricultural sprayer symbols
Graphical
symbol
16.1
Revised symbol
in development
Symbol title and description
Self-propelled sprayer (side view of machine)
To identify the self-propelled sprayer from a side
(profile) view.
ISO/IEC
registration number
Revision of
ISO 7000-2203
Use as a base symbol for developing sprayer
symbols that use a side (profile) view.
16.2
Revised symbol
in development
Self-propelled sprayer, forward movement
(side view of machine)
Revision of
ISO 7000-2204
To identify the control that moves the selfpropelled sprayer in the forward direction.
To indicate that the sprayer is moving forward.
The sprayer is shown in the side (profile) view.
16.3
Revised symbol
in development
Self-propelled sprayer, rearward movement
(side view of machine)
Revision of5
ISO 7000-2205
To identify the control that moves the selfpropelled sprayer in the rearward direction.
To indicate that the sprayer is moving rearward.
The sprayer is shown in the side (profile) view.
16.4
New symbol
in development
Self-propelled sprayer, ground speed
To identify the display shat shows ground speed of
the self-propelled sprayer.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the ground speed of the self-propelled
sprayer.
16.5
New symbol
in development
Self-propelled sprayer, ground speed,
automatic operation
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that activates the automatic
mode for sprayer ground speed.
16.6
New symbol
in development
Self-propelled sprayer, target ground speed
To identify the control that sets the target ground
speed for the sprayer.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the sprayer target ground speed.
16.7
Revised symbol
in development
Self-propelled sprayer, center frame
To identify the control for the sprayer unit center
frame.
Revision of
ISO 7000-2206
To indicate the operational status of the center
frame.
16.8
Revised symbol
in development
Self-propelled sprayer, center frame, raise
To identify the control that raises the sprayer unit
center frame.
Revision of
ISO 7000-2207
To indicate that the center frame is being raised or
is in the raised (up) position.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
49
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Graphical
symbol
16.9
Revised symbol
in development
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Revision of
ISO 7000-2208
Self-propelled sprayer, center frame, lower
To identify the control that lowers the sprayer unit
center frame.
To indicate that the center frame is being lowered
or is in the lowered (down) position.
16.10
Sprayer, left boom
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control for the sprayer left boom.
To indicate the operational status of the sprayer
right boom.
If one control operates both the left boom and right
boom, use this symbol.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
16.11
Sprayer, right boom
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control for the sprayer right boom.
To indicate the operational status of the sprayer
right boom.
If one control operates both the left boom and right
boom, use symbol in 16.10.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
16.12
Sprayer, left boom, raise
ISO 7000-2209
To identify the control that raises the sprayer left
boom.
To indicate that the left boom is being raised or is
in the raised (up) position.
If one control raises both the left and right booms,
use this symbol.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
16.13
Sprayer,, left boom, lower
ISO 7000-2210
To identify the control that lowers the sprayer left
boom.
To indicate that the left boom is being lowered or
is in the lowered (down) position.
If one control lowers both the left and right booms,
use this symbol.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
50
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Graphical
symbol
16.14
Symbol title and description
Sprayer, right boom, raise
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-2211
To identify the control that raises the sprayer right
boom.
To indicate that the right boom is being raised or is
in the raised (up) position.
If one control raises both the left and right booms,
use symbol in 16.12.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
16.15
Sprayer, right boom, lower
ISO 7000-2212
To identify the control that lowers the sprayer right
boom.
To indicate that the right boom is being lowered or
is in the lowered (down) position.
If one control lowers both the left and right booms,
use symbol in 16.13.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
16.16
Sprayer, fold left arm, in/out
To identify the control that folds the left arm of the
sprayer in to the transport position or out to the
operating position.
To be ISO 7000
registered
If one control folds both the left and right booms,
use this symbol.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
16.17
Sprayer, fold right arm, in/out
To identify the control that folds the right arm of
the sprayer in to the transport position or out to the
operating position.
To be ISO 7000
registered
If one control folds both the left and right booms,
use symbol in 16.16.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
16.18
Spray solution tank
ISO 7000-2213
To identify the fill point for the spray solution tank.
To identify the container for the spray solution.
To indicate the operational status of the spray
solution tank.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
51
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Graphical
symbol
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
ISO 7000-2214
Spray solution tank, pressure
16.19
To identify the control that sets the target,
minimum, or maximum pressure in the spray
solution tank.
To identify the display that provides information
about the spray solution tank pressure.
To indicate the spray solution tank pressure.
Spray solution tank, solution level
16.20
ISO 7000-2215
To identify the control that enters the volume
capacity of the spray solution tank.
To indicate the volume of spray solution used or
remaining in the tank.
Spray solution tank, level high
16.21
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the volume level of liquid in the
spray solution tank is high (above a specified
threshold).
Spray solution tank, level low
16.22
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the volume level of liquid in the
spray solution tank in low (below a specified
threshold).
Spray solution tank, agitator
16.23
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control for the agitator located in
the spray solution tank.
To indicate the operational status of the agitator.
Spray solution tank, aerator
16.24
To identify the control for the aerator located in the
spray solution tank.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the operational status of the aerator.
16.25
16.26
New symbol
in development
Spray solution tank, filling
To indicate that the spray solution tank is being
filled.
Spray solution tank, full refill
To identify the control that sets the selected tank
level value to the full tank capacity.
52
To be ISO 7000
registered
To be ISO 7000
registered
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Graphical
symbol
16.27
Symbol title and description
Spray solution tank, draining
To identify the control that drains the spray
solution tank.
ISO/IEC
registration number
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the spray solution tank is being
drained.
16.28
Spray solution pump
ISO 7000-2216
To identify the control for the spray solution pump.
To indicate the operational status of the spray
solution pump.
Symbol may be rotated 90° for a clearer visual
orientation.
16.29
Spray solution pump, pressure
ISO 7000-2217
To identify the control that sets the target,
minimum, or maximum pressure for the spray
solution pump.
To identify the display that provides information
about the spray solution pump pressure.
To indicate the spray solution pump pressure.
Symbol may be rotated 90° for a clearer visual
orientation.
16.30
Spray nozzle; spray nozzle, off
ISO 7000-2219
To identify the control that switches off the spray
nozzle of the agricultural sprayer.
To indicate that the spray nozzle is switched off.
16.31
Spray nozzle, on
ISO 7000-2218
To identify the control that switches on the spray
nozzle of the agricultural sprayer.
To indicate that the spray nozzle is switched on.
16.32
Spray nozzle pressure
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
spray nozzle pressure.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the display that provides information
about the spray nozzle pressure.
To indicate the spray nozzle pressure.
16.33
Hours sprayed
To indicate the elapsed time that has accumulated
while sprayaing since the last reset.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
To be ISO 7000
registered
53
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
17 Baling equipment symbols
Graphical
symbol
17.1
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Round bale
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control for the baling functions.
To indicate the operational status of the baling
functions.
Use as a symbol element in the development of
related symbols.
17.2
Bale diameter
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the bale
diameter.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the specified or actual bale diameter.
17.3
Bale mass; bale density
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
specified bale mass or bale density.
To indicate the mass or density of the bale.
17.4
Soft-core bale
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that selects the soft-core
bale option.
To indicate that the bale is a soft-core bale.
17.5
Soft-core bale, diameter
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
diameter of the soft-core bale.
To indicate the specified or actual diameter of the
soft-core bale.
17.6
Bale netting
To identify the control for the bale netting function.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the operational status of the bale
netting function.
17.7
Bale twining
To identify the control for the bale twining function.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the operational status of the bale
twining function.
17.8
Bale twine spacing
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
twine spacing on bales.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the twine spacing on bales.
54
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Graphical
symbol
Symbol title and description
Bale wrap
17.9
To identify the control that wraps the bale with a
protective cover.
ISO/IEC
registration number
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the operational status of the bale wrap.
Bale end wraps, number
17.10
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
number of end wraps on bales.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the number of end wraps on bales.
17.11
New symbol
in development
Bale, left end wraps, number
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
number of left end wraps on bales.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the number of left end wraps on bales.
17.12
New symbol
in development
Bale, right end wraps, number
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
number of right end wraps on bales.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the number of right end wraps on
bales.
17.13
New symbol
in development
Bale wrap location
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
location of bale wraps.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the location of bale wraps.
17.14
Bale wrap location, start position
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
starting position of bale wraps.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the starting position of bale wraps.
17.15
Bale wrap location, end position
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
ending position of bale wraps.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the ending position of bale wraps.
17.16
Bale, re-extension
To identify the control for bale re-extension.
17.17
Twining/netting, extend
To identify the control that extends the twining or
netting.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the twining or netting is being
extended or is in the extended position.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
55
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Graphical
symbol
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Twining/netting, retract
17.18
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that retracts the twining or
netting.
To indicate that the twining or netting is being
retracted or is in the retracted position.
Non-calibrated bale diameter
17.19
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the noncalibrated diameter of the bale.
Twine wrap
17.20
To be ISO 7000
registered
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control for the twine wrap function.
To indicate the operational status of the twine
wrap function.
Use in conjunction with symbol in 17.7.
Netting wrap
17.21
To identify the control for the netting wrap function.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the operational status of the netting
wrap function.
Use in conjunction with symbol in 17.6.
17.22
17.23
17.24
56
New symbol
in development
Precutter
New symbol
in development
Precutter knife
New symbol
in development
Precutter knife, reverse enable
Description to be added.
Description to be added.
Description to be added.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To be ISO 7000
registered
To be ISO 7000
registered
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
18 Agricultural implement symbols
Graphical
symbol
18.1
Symbol title and description
Towed implement, width
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-2184
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
width of the towed implement for use in
determining area worked or similar data.
To indicate the width of the towed implement.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the tractor and implement from
above the machine.
18.2
Two-axle wagon
[version A]
Application of
ISO 7000-2595
To indicate that a two-axle wagon is connected to
the tractor.
This symbol may be used with a numeric indicator
of the number of wagons connected to the tractor
or of the numerical order of this wagon among
those connected to the tractor.
Symbol in 18.3 is an alternative.
18.3
Two-axle wagon
[version B]
Application of
ISO 7000-2595
To indicate that a two-axle wagon is connected to
the tractor.
This symbol may be used with a numeric indicator
of the number of wagons connected to the tractor
or of the numerical order of this wagon among
those connected to the tractor.
Alternative to symbol in 18.2.
18.4
Air flow; air flow velocity
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the air
flow velocity in the air seeder.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the air flow velocity
18.5
Front seed bin
To indicate that the front seed bin is in use.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the amount of seed in the front seed
bin.
18.6
Rear seed bin
To indicate that the rear seed bin is in use.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the amount of seed in the rear seed
bin.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
57
ISO/WD 3767-2:2011ISO/WD 3767-2
Graphical
symbol
18.7
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Granular fertilizer bin
To indicate that the granular fertilizer bin is in use.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the amount of fertilizer in the granular
fertilizer bin.
18.8
Foam marker
To identify the control that releases foam from the
marker arm, which is used to identify the outer
limit of the area which has been planted, fertilized,
or sprayed.
58
To be ISO 7000
registered
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/TC 23/SC 14
N 337
ISO/TC 23/SC 14
ISO/TC 23/SC 14 - Operator controls, operator symbols and other displays, operator manuals
Email of secretary: [email protected]
Secretariat: ANSI (USA)
NP for Revision of ISO 3767-3 Symbols for powered lawn and garden equipment
Document type:
NP ballot
Date of document:
2011-07-11
Expected action:
VOTE
Action due date:
2011-10-12
Background:
This document is circulated to TC 23/SC 14 members for a three month letter ballot. Please submit
your vote by the due date indicated via the electronic balloting system.
Committee URL:
http://isotc.iso.org/livelink/livelink/open/tc23sc14
NEW WORK ITEM PROPOSAL
Date of presentation
2011-07-08
Reference number
(to be given by the Secretariat)
N
Proposer
ISO/TC 23 / SC 14
ANSI
337
Secretariat
ANSI
A proposal for a new work item within the scope of an existing committee shall be submitted to the secretariat of that committee with a copy to
the Central Secretariat and, in the case of a subcommittee, a copy to the secretariat of the parent technical committee. Proposals not within the
scope of an existing committee shall be submitted to the secretariat of the ISO Technical Management Board.
The proposer of a new work item may be a member body of ISO, the secretariat itself, another technical committee or subcommittee, or
organization in liaison, the Technical Management Board or one of the advisory groups, or the Secretary-General.
The proposal will be circulated to the P-members of the technical committee or subcommittee for voting, and to the O-members for information.
See overleaf for guidance on when to use this form.
IMPORTANT NOTE: Proposals without adequate justification risk rejection or referral to originator.
Guidelines for proposing and justifying a new work item are given overleaf.
Proposal (to be completed by the proposer)
Title of proposal (in the case of an amendment, revision or a new part of an existing document, show the reference number and current title)
English title
ISO 3767-3, Tractors, machinery for agriculture and forestry, powered lawn and garden equipment —
Symbols for operator controls and displays — Part 3: Symbols for powered lawn and garden equipment
French title
ISO 3767-3, Tracteurs, matériels agricoles et forestiers, matériel à moteur pour jardins et petouses —
Symboles pour les commandes de l'opérateur et autres indications — Partie 3: Symboles pour matériel à
moteur pour jardins et pelouses
(if available)
Scope of proposed project
To add numerous symbols not in the current edition or amendments to ISO 3767-3. To include descriptions of the symbol
functions in accordance with IEC 80416-1, IEC 60417, and ISO 7000.
Concerns known patented items (see ISO/IEC Directives Part 1 for important guidance)
Yes
No
If "Yes", provide full information as annex
Envisaged publication type (indicate one of the following, if possible)
International Standard
Technical Specification
Publicly Available Specification
Technical Report
Purpose and justification (attach a separate page as annex, if necessary)
There are many relevant symbols not included in the current edition or amendments to ISO 3767-3. Also lacking are
descriptions of the symbol functions that provide additional information about the meaning of the symbols, how they are to
be used, and their relationship to other symbols in ISO 3767.
Target date for availability (date by which publication is considered to be necessary) 2014-12-31
Proposed development track
 1 (24 months)
2 (36 months - default)
3 (48 months)
Relevant documents to be considered
ISO 7000, IEC 60417, ISO 6405, ISO 2575
Relationship of project to activities of other international bodies
Liaison organizations
Need for coordination with:
IEC
FORM 4 (ISO) v.2007.1
CEN
Other (please specify)
Page 1 of 3
New work item proposal
Preparatory work (at a minimum an outline should be included with the proposal)
A draft is attached
An outline is attached. It is possible to supply a draft by
The proposer or the proposer's organization is prepared to undertake the preparatory work required
Yes
No
Name and signature of the Proposer
(include contact information)
Proposed Project Leader (name and address)
Richard Gast
Deere & Company
Moline, IL 61265 USA
+1 309 765 4715
[email protected]
Comments of the TC or SC Secretariat
Supplementary information relating to the proposal
This proposal relates to a new ISO document;
This proposal relates to the amendment/revision of an existing ISO document;
This proposal relates to the adoption as an active project of an item currently registered as a Preliminary Work Item;
This proposal relates to the re-establishment of a cancelled project as an active project.
Other:
Voting information
The ballot associated with this proposal comprises a vote on:
Adoption of the proposal as a new project
Adoption of the associated draft as a committee draft (CD)
Adoption of the associated draft for submission for the enquiry vote (DIS or equivalent)
Other:
Annex(es) are included with this proposal (give details)
Date of circulation
Closing date for voting
Signature of the TC or SC Secretary
2011-07-11
2011-10-12
Sally Seitz
Use this form to propose:
a) a new ISO document (including a new part to an existing document), or the amendment/revision of an existing ISO document;
b) the establishment as an active project of a preliminary work item, or the re-establishment of a cancelled project;
c) the change in the type of an existing document, e.g. conversion of a Technical Specification into an International Standard.
This form is not intended for use to propose an action following a systematic review - use ISO Form 21 for that purpose.
Proposals for correction (i.e. proposals for a Technical Corrigendum) should be submitted in writing directly to the secretariat concerned.
Guidelines on the completion of a proposal for a new work item
(see also the ISO/IEC Directives Part 1)
a) Title: Indicate the subject of the proposed new work item.
b) Scope: Give a clear indication of the coverage of the proposed new work item. Indicate, for example, if this is a proposal for a new document,
or a proposed change (amendment/revision). It is often helpful to indicate what is not covered (exclusions).
c) Envisaged publication type: Details of the types of ISO deliverable available are given in the ISO/IEC Directives, Part 1 and/or the
associated ISO Supplement.
d) Purpose and justification: Give details based on a critical study of the following elements wherever practicable. Wherever possible
reference should be made to information contained in the related TC Business Plan.
1) The specific aims and reason for the standardization activity, with particular emphasis on the aspects of standardization to be covered, the
problems it is expected to solve or the difficulties it is intended to overcome.
2) The main interests that might benefit from or be affected by the activity, such as industry, consumers, trade, governments, distributors.
3) Feasibility of the activity: Are there factors that could hinder the successful establishment or global application of the standard?
4) Timeliness of the standard to be produced: Is the technology reasonably stabilized? If not, how much time is likely to be available before
advances in technology may render the proposed standard outdated? Is the proposed standard required as a basis for the future development
of the technology in question?
5) Urgency of the activity, considering the needs of other fields or organizations. Indicate target date and, when a series of standards is
proposed, suggest priorities.
FORM 4 (ISO) v.2007.1
Page 2 of 3
New work item proposal
6) The benefits to be gained by the implementation of the proposed standard; alternatively, the loss or disadvantage(s) if no standard is
established within a reasonable time. Data such as product volume or value of trade should be included and quantified.
7) If the standardization activity is, or is likely to be, the subject of regulations or to require the harmonization of existing regulations, this should
be indicated.
If a series of new work items is proposed having a common purpose and justification, a common proposal may be drafted including all elements
to be clarified and enumerating the titles and scopes of each individual item.
e) Relevant documents and their effects on global relevancy: List any known relevant documents (such as standards and regulations),
regardless of their source. When the proposer considers that an existing well-established document may be acceptable as a standard (with or
without amendment), indicate this with appropriate justification and attach a copy to the proposal.
f) Cooperation and liaison: List relevant organizations or bodies with which cooperation and liaison should exist.
FORM 4 (ISO) v.2007.1
Page 3 of 3
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO TC 23/SC 14 N 337
Date: 2011-07-11
ISO/WD 3767-3
ISO TC 23/SC 14/WG
Secretariat: ANSI
Tractors, machinery for agriculture and forestry, powered lawn and
garden equipment — Symbols for operator controls and other
displays — Part 3: Symbols for powered lawn and garden equipment
Tracteurs, matériels agricoles et forestiers, matériel à moteur pour jardins et petouses — Symboles pour les
commandes de l'opérateur et autres indications — Partie 3: Symboles pour matériel à moteur pour jardins et
pelouses
Warning
This document is not an ISO International Standard. It is distributed for review and comment. It is subject to
change without notice and may not be referred to as an International Standard.
Recipients of this draft are invited to submit, with their comments, notification of any relevant patent rights of
which they are aware and to provide supporting documentation.
Document type: International Standard
Document subtype:
Document stage: (20) Preparatory
Document language: E
H:\cc51\Private\TC 23 SC 14\Projects\ISO 3767-3 2011 Revision\NP Ballot\ISO_3767-3_(E)_2011-0708.docx STD Version 2.1c2
ISO/WD 3767-3:2011ISO/WD 3767-3
Copyright notice
This ISO document is a working draft or committee draft and is copyright-protected by ISO. While the
reproduction of working drafts or committee drafts in any form for use by participants in the ISO standards
development process is permitted without prior permission from ISO, neither this document nor any extract
from it may be reproduced, stored or transmitted in any form for any other purpose without prior written
permission from ISO.
Requests for permission to reproduce this document for the purpose of selling it should be addressed as
shown below or to ISO's member body in the country of the requester:
[Indicate the full address, telephone number, fax number, telex number, and electronic mail address, as
appropriate, of the Copyright Manger of the ISO member body responsible for the secretariat of the TC or
SC within the framework of which the working document has been prepared.]
Reproduction for sales purposes may be subject to royalty payments or a licensing agreement.
Violators may be prosecuted.
ii
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-3:2011ISO/WD 3767-3
Contents
Page
Foreword .........................................................................................................................................................iv Introduction......................................................................................................................................................v 1
Scope ...................................................................................................................................................1 2
Normative references .........................................................................................................................1 3
Terms and definitions.........................................................................................................................1 4
General ................................................................................................................................................2 5
Colour ..................................................................................................................................................3 6
Development of new symbols............................................................................................................3 7
Adaptation of symbols as digital display icons................................................................................3 8
Lawn and garden tractor symbols.....................................................................................................4 9
Riding lawn mower symbols ..............................................................................................................7 10
Grass-cutting equipment symbols ....................................................................................................8 11
Tiller symbols....................................................................................................................................12 12
Snow removal equipment symbols .................................................................................................13 © ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
iii
ISO/WD 3767-3:2011ISO/WD 3767-3
Foreword
ISO (the International Organization for Standardization) is a worldwide federation of national standards bodies
(ISO member bodies). The work of preparing International Standards is normally carried out through ISO
technical committees. Each member body interested in a subject for which a technical committee has been
established has the right to be represented on that committee. International organizations, governmental and
non-governmental, in liaison with ISO, also take part in the work. ISO collaborates closely with the
International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) on all matters of electrotechnical standardization.
International Standards are drafted in accordance with the rules given in the ISO/IEC Directives, Part 2.
The main task of technical committees is to prepare International Standards. Draft International Standards
adopted by the technical committees are circulated to the member bodies for voting. Publication as an
International Standard requires approval by at least 75 % of the member bodies casting a vote.
Attention is drawn to the possibility that some of the elements of this document may be the subject of patent
rights. ISO shall not be held responsible for identifying any or all such patent rights.
ISO 3767-3 was prepared by Technical Committee ISO/TC 23, Tractors, machinery for agriculture and
forestry, powered lawn and garden equipment, Subcommittee SC 14, Symbols for controls and displays,
safety signs, manuals.
This second/third/... edition cancels and replaces the first/second/... edition (), [clause(s) / subclause(s) /
table(s) / figure(s) / annex(es)] of which [has / have] been technically revised.
ISO 3767 consists of the following parts, under the general title Tractors, machinery for agriculture and
forestry, powered lawn and garden equipment — Symbols for operator controls and other displays:
 Part 1: Common symbols
 Part 2: Symbols for agricultural tractors and machinery
 Part 3: Symbols for powered lawn and garden equipment
 Part 4: Symbols for forestry machinery
 Part 5: Symbols for manual portable forestry machines
iv
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-3:2011ISO/WD 3767-3
Introduction
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
v
WORKING DRAFT
ISO/WD 3767-3
Tractors, machinery for agriculture and forestry, powered lawn
and garden equipment — Symbols for operator controls and
other displays — Part 3: Symbols for powered lawn and garden
equipment
1
Scope
This part of ISO 3767 establishes common symbols for use on operator controls and other displays on tractors
and machinery for agriculture and forestry, and powered lawn and garden equipment as defined in ISO 5395.
For common symbols that apply to multiple types of agricultural tractors and machinery, forestry machinery,
and powered lawn and garden equipment, see ISO 3767-1.
2
Normative references
The following referenced documents are indispensable for the application of this document. For dated
references, only the edition cited applies. For undated references, the latest edition of the referenced
document (including any amendments) applies.
ISO 7000, Graphical symbols for use on equipment
[available in database format at http://www.graphical-symbols.info/ and at https://cdb.iso.org/cdb/]
ISO 80416-2, Basic principles for graphical symbols for use on equipment — Part 2: Form and use of arrows
ISO 80416-4, Basic principles for graphical symbols for use on equiment — Part 4: Guidelines for the
adaptation of graphical symbols for use on screens and displays (icons)
IEC 60417, Graphical symbols for use on equipment
[available in database format at http://www.graphical-symbols.info/]
IEC 80416-1, Basic principles for graphical symbols for use on equipment — Part 1: Creation of symbol
originals
IEC 80416-3, Basic principles for grpahical symbols for use on equipment — Part 3: Guidelines for the
application of graphical symbols
3
Terms and definitions
For the purposes of this document, the terms and definitions given in ISO 3767-1 apply.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
1
ISO/WD 3767-3:2011ISO/WD 3767-3
4
General
4.1 Symbols shall be used as shown in this part of ISO 3767. However, selected symbols which are shown
in outline form in this part of ISO 3767 may be filled in actual use for enhanced clarity of reproduction and
improved visual perception by the operator, except as otherwise noted for individual symbols. Refer to IEC
80416-3.
4.2 Limitations inherent in some reproduction and display technologies can require increased line width or
other minor modifications of symbols. Such modifications are acceptable, provided that the symbol remains
unchanged in its basic graphical elements and is easily discernable by the operator.
4.3 Additionally, to improve the appearance and perceptibility of a graphical symbol, or to coordinate with
the design of the euqipment to which it is applied, it can be necessary to change the line width or to round the
corners of the symbol. The graphical designer is normally free to make such changes, provided that the
essential perceptiable characteritics of the symbol are maintained.
4.4 For actual use, all symbols shall be reproduced large enough to be easily discernible by the operator.
See IEC 80416-1 for guidelines on the proper sizing of symbols. Symbols grouped together in a display or on
a set of controls should be scaled to the same degree relative to the corner marks of the symbol original as
shown in this part of ISO 3767 in order to maintain the correct visual relationship among the symbols.
Symbols shall be used in the orientation shown in this part of ISO3767, unless otherwise noted for individual
symbols.
4.5 Most symbols are constructed using a building block approach in which various symbols and symbol
elements are combined in a logical manner to produce a new symbol.
4.6 Symbols are generally intended to replace a word or words with a graphical image that has the same
meaning for all operators, regardless of their native language. However, the use of a graphical symbol to
identify a control or display does not preclude the use of words in conjunction with that control or display.
4.7 If a symbol shows a machine or parts of a machine from a side view, a machine moving from left to right
across the symbol area shall be assumed. If a symbol shows a machine or parts of a machine from an
overhead view, a machine moving from bottom to top across the symbol area shall be assumed.
4.8 Symbols on controls and displays shall have a good contrast to their background. A white or lightcoloured symbol on a black or dark-coloured backgound is preferred for most controls. Displays may use
either a white or light-coloured symbol on a black or dark-coloured background or a black or dark-coloured
symbol on a white or light-coloured background, depending upon which alternative provides the best visual
perception. When a symbol image is reversed (for example, from black-on-white to white-on-black or vice
versa) this reversal shall be done for the entire symbol.
4.9 Symbols shall be located on or adjacent to the control or display that is being identified. Where more
than one symbol is required for a control, the symbols shall be located in relation to the control such that
movement of the control towards the symbols shall effect the fucntion depicted by that symbol.
4.10 Arrows used in symbols shall conform symbols shall conform to the requirements of ISO 80416-2. IEC
80416-1 shall be consulted for the general principles for creating symbol originals. IEC 80416-3 should be
consulted for guidelines for the application of symbols.
4.11 ISO/IEC registration numbers are shown for symbols in this part of ISO 3767.
NOTE
Symbol originals are approved and registered either by ISO/TC 145/SC 3 and published in ISO 7000 or by
IEC/SC 3C and published in IEC 60417. In some cases, modified or application symbols, rather than the original symbols,
are standardized in this part of ISO 3767.
4.13 When letters or numerals are used in a symbol, the font shown shall not be considered definitive. Other
fonts may be used so long as the letters and numerals remain legible.
2
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-3:2011ISO/WD 3767-3
4.14 Symbols in this part of ISO 3767 are within marks that delimit the corners of the 75 mm square basic
pattern from IEC 80416-1. Corner marks are not part of the symbol, but are provided to ensure consistent
presentation of all symbol graphics.
5
Colour
When used on illuminated displays, the following colours shall have the meanings indicated:
 Red denotes a failure, serious malfunction, or operating condition that requires immediate attention;
 Yellow or amber denotes a condition outside normal operating limits
 Green denotes a normal operating condition
6
Development of new symbols
6.1 Prior to developing a new symbol, a search should be conducted for previously standardized symbols
with the same or similar meaning to what is needed. ISO 7000 and IEC 60417 (both available in database
form) are compilations of internationally standardized symbols which can be useful both for finding appropriate
symbols that do not appear in one of the parts of ISO 3767 and for generating concepts that can be used in
the development of new symbols.
6.2 New symbols shall be developed in accordance with the principles of ISO 3767-1 Annex A. IEC 804161 should be consulted for general principles for the creation of symbols. Arrows shall be in accordance with
ISO 80416-2. Different arrow forms have different meanings according to ISO 80416-2. Care should be
taken to use the correct arrow form. Following the guidelines of Annex A results in symbols appropriate in
graphical form and content for international standardization and ISO 7000 registration.
6.3 Symbols proposed for standardization in this part of ISO 3767 shall include a short explanation of the
function or expected use of the symbol.
NOTE
IEC 80416-1 uses the term "description" for this type of information and provides guidelines for writing
descriptions for symbols intended for standardization in ISO 7000 or IEC 60417. The descriptions for symbols
standardized in this part of ISO 37t67 can serve as examples.
7
Adaptation of symbols as digital display icons
Symbols can be adapted for use as digital display icons on reconfigurable or other electronic displays. Such
adaptations should follow the principles of ISO 80416-4. Special care should be taken to ensure that digital
display icons preserve the visual impression of the symbol from which the icon is adapted. The same
principles regarding use of colour with symbols apply to the use of colour with digital display icons.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
3
ISO/WD 3767-3:2011ISO/WD 3767-3
8
Lawn and garden tractor symbols
Graphical
symbol
8.1
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Lawn and garden tractor (side view of
machine)
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the tractor from a side (profile) view.
Use as a base symbol for developing tractor
symbols that use a side (profile) view.
8.2
Lawn and garden tractor (overhead view of
machine)
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the tractor from an overhead (plan)
view.
Use as a base symbol for developing tractor
symbols that use an overhead (plan) view.
8.3
Lawn and garden tractor, forward movement
(side view of machine)
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that moves the tractor in a
forward direction.
To indicate that the tractor is moving forward.
The tractor is shown in a side (profile) view.
8.4
Lawn and garden tractor, rearward movement
(side view of machine)
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that moves the tractor in a
rearward direction.
To indicate that the tractor is moving rearward.
The tractor is shown in a side (profile) view.
8.5
Lawn and garden tractor, forward movement
(overhead view of machine)
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that moves the tractor in a
forward direction.
To indicate that the tractor is moving forward.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the tractor from above the
machine.
8.6
Lawn and garden tractor, rearward movement
(overhead view of machine)
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that moves the tractor in a
rearward direction.
To indicate that the tractor is moving rearward.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the tractor from above the
machine.
8.7
Lawn and garden tractor, ground speed
To identify the display shat shows ground speed of
the tractor.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the ground speed of the tractor.
See also symbol in 8.8.
4
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-3:2011ISO/WD 3767-3
Graphical
symbol
8.8
Symbol title and description
Lawn and garden tractor, ground speed,
automatic operation
ISO/IEC
registration number
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that activates the automatic
mode for tractor ground speed.
See also symbol in 8.7.
8.9
Lawn and garden tractor, front wheel drive
To identify the control for the tractor front wheel
drive.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the operational status of the tractor
front wheel drive function.
See also symbol in 8.10.
8.10
Lawn and garden tractor, front wheel drive,
automatic operation
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control for the automatic operation
of the tractor front wheel drive.
To indicate that the tractor front wheel drive is in
automatic operation mode.
Front wheel drive is engaged and disengaged
automatically based on operating conditions.
See also symbol in 8.9.
8.11
Tractor blade
To identify the control for the blade on the lawn
and garden tractor.
8.12
Tractor blade, raise
To identify the control that raises the blade on the
lawn and garden tractor.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the tractor blade is being raised or
is in the raised position.
8.13
Tractor blade, lower
To identify the control that lowers the blade on the
lawn and garden tractor.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the tractor blade is being lowered
or is in the lowered position.
8.14
Tractor blade, hold
To identify the control that holds the tractor blade
in a specified position.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the tractor blade is in the hold
condition.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
5
ISO/WD 3767-3:2011ISO/WD 3767-3
Graphical
symbol
8.15
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Tractor blade, float
To identify the control that allows the tractor blade
to move up and down with the contour of the
ground.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the tractor blade is in the float
condition.
8.16
PTO (Power take-off)
ISO 7000-1572
To identify the control for the power take-off (PTO)
system.
To indicate the operational status of the PTO.
Symbol may be used with a numerical indicator of
rated PTO rotational speed. See symbols in 8.19
and 8.20.
8.17
PTO (Power take-off), rotational speed
[version A]
ISO 7000-1664
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
rotational speed of the power take-off (PTO)
To indicate the rotational speed of the PTO.
Symbol in 8.18 is an alternative.
8.18
PTO (Power take-off), rotational speed
[version B]
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
rotational speed of the power take-off (PTO)
To indicate the rotational speed of the PTO.
Alternative to symbol in 8.17.
8.19
Power take-off (PTO), rated rotational speed
540 r/min
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control for the PTO rated at 540
r/min.
To indicate the operational status of the PTO rated
at 540 revolutions per minute.
8.20
Power take-off (PTO), rated rotational speed
1000 r/min
To be ISO 7000
egistered
To identify the control for the PTO rated at 1000
r/min.
To indicate the operational status of the PTO rated
at 1000 revolutions per minute.
8.21
Power take-off, failure
To indicate a failure or malfunction of the PTO.
6
To be ISO 7000
registered
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-3:2011ISO/WD 3767-3
9
Riding lawn mower symbols
Graphical
symbol
9.1
Symbol title and description
Riding lawn mower (overhead view of
machine)
ISO/IEC
registration number
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the lawn mower from an overhead
(plan) view.
Use as a base symbol for developing lawn mower
symbols that use an overhead (plan) view
9.2
Riding lawn mower, forward movement
(overhead view of machine)
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that moves the lawn mower
in a forward direction.
To indicate that the lawn mower is moving
forward.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the lawn mower from above the
machine.
9.3
rearward movement (overhead view of
machine)
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that moves the lawn mower
in a rearward direction.
To indicate that the lawn mower is moving
rearward.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the lawn mower from above the
machine.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
7
ISO/WD 3767-3:2011ISO/WD 3767-3
10 Grass-cutting equipment symbols
Graphical
symbol
10.1
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Mower deck
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control for operation of the mower
deck.
10.2
Mower deck, raise
To identify the control that raises the mower deck.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the mower deck is being raised or
is in the raised (up) position.
10.3
Mower deck, lower
To identify the control that lowers the mower deck.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the mower deck is being lowered
or is in the lowered (down) position.
10.4
Cutting unit
ISO 7000-2114
To identify the control for the boom-mounted
cutting unit of grass-cutting equipment
10.5
Cutting unit, raise
ISO 7000-2115
To identify the control that raises the boommounted cutting unit without changing the
horizontal angle of the cutting unit.
To indicate that the cutting unit is being raised or
is in the raised (up) position.
10.6
Cutting unit, lower
ISO 7000-2116
To identify the control that lowers the boommounted cutting unit without changing the
horizontal angle of the cutting unit.
To indicate that the cutting unit is being lowered or
is in the lowered (down) position.
10.7
Cutting unit, hold
ISO 7000-2117
To identify the control that holds the boommounted cutting unit in a fixed position.
To indicate that the cutting unit is in the hold
condition.
8
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-3:2011ISO/WD 3767-3
Graphical
symbol
10.8
Symbol title and description
Cutting unit, float
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-2118
To identify the control that allows the boommounted cutting unit to move up and down with
the contour of the ground.
To indicate that the cutting unit is in the float
condition.
10.9
Cutting unit, transport position
ISO 7000-2119
To indicate that the boom-mounted cutting unit is
in the position for transport.
10.10
Cutting unit, raise to transport position
ISO 7000-2120
To identify the control that raises the boommounted cutting unit to the transport position.
To indicate that the cutting unit is being raised to
the transport position.
10.11
Cutting unit, lower from transport position
ISO 7000-2121
To identify the control that lowers the boommounted cutting unit from the transport position.
To indicate that the cutting unit is being lowered
from the transport position.
10.12
Cutting element
ISO 7000-0949
To identify the control for the horizontal rotational
cutting element of grass-cutting equipment.
To indicate the operational status of the cutting
element.
This symbol may be used with symbols for engage
or disengage either as separate symbols or in a
combined symbol. Examples of combined
symbols are in 10.13 and 10.14.
10.13
Cutting element, engage
ISO 7000-2109
To identify the control that engages the blade or
other grass-cutting element.
To indicate that the grass-cutting element is
engaged (operating).
10.14
Cutting element, disengage
ISO 7000-2110
To identify the control that disengages the blade or
other grass-cutting element.
To indicate that the grass-cutting element is
disengaged (not operating).
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
9
ISO/WD 3767-3:2011ISO/WD 3767-3
Graphical
symbol
10.15
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Cutting element, height adjustment
ISO 7000-0950
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
height of the grass-cutting element, which is the
distance between the rotational cutting element
and the ground.
To indicate the height of the cutting element.
10.16
Cutting element, height adjustment, high cut
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
height of the high-cut position of the grass-cutting
element.
To identify the control that places the cutting
element of the grass-cutting equipment to the
high-cut position.
To indicate that the cutting element is in the highcut position.
10.17
Cutting element, height adjustment, low cut
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
height of the low-cut position of the grass-cutting
element.
To identify the control that places the cutting
element of the grass-cutting equipment to the lowcut position.
To indicate that the cutting element is in the lowcut position.
10.18
Cylinder drive
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control for operation of the cylinder
drive of reel-type grass-cutting equipment.
To indicate the operational status of the cylinder
drive.
This symbol may be used with symbols for engage
or disengage either as separate symbols or in a
combined symbol. Examples of combined
symbols are in 10.19 and 10.20.
10.19
Cylinder drive, engage
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that engages the cylinder
drive in its normal operating direction.
To indicate that the cylinder drive is engaged.
10.20
Cylinder drive, disengage
To identify the control that disengages the cylinder
drive.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the cylinder drive is disengaged.
10
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-3:2011ISO/WD 3767-3
Graphical
symbol
10.21
Symbol title and description
Cylinder drive, reverse
To identify the control that reverses the direction of
rotation of the cylinder of reel-type grass-cutting
equipment.
ISO/IEC
registration number
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the cylinder drive is in reverse
operating mode.
This symbol may be used with symbols for engage
or disengage either as separate symbols or in a
combined symbol. Examples of combined
symbols are in 10.22 and 10.23.
10.22
Cylinder drive, reverse, engage
ISO 7000-2111
To identify the control that engages the cylinder
drive in the reverse from its normal direction of
rotation.
To indicate that the cylinder drive is engaged in
the reverse direction.
10.23
Cylinder drive, reverse, disengage
ISO 7000-2112
To identify the control that disengages the cylinder
drive from its operation in the reverse of its normal
direction of rotation.
To indicate that the cylinder drive is disengaged
from the reverse direction.
10.24
Cylinder, on-cut adjustment
ISO 7000-2113
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
distance between the cutting blades and the strike
plate of a reel-type mower.
To indicate the distance between the cutting
blades and the strike plate.
10.25
Rotary line trimmer
To identify the control for operation of the rotary
line trimmer.
10.26
Rotary line trimmer, output shaft speed
To be ISO 7000
registered
ISO 7000-2592
To identify the control that sets or adjusts the
rotational speed of the output shaft of the rotary
line trimmer.
To indicate the output shaft speed.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
11
ISO/WD 3767-3:2011ISO/WD 3767-3
11 Tiller symbols
Graphical
symbol
11.1
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Tiller times
ISO 7000-2122
To identify the control for operation of the tines of
ground tilling equipment.
To indicate the operational status of the tiller tines.
12
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-3:2011ISO/WD 3767-3
12 Snow removal equipment symbols
Graphical
symbol
12.1
Symbol title and description
Snow thrower, impeller
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-2123
To identify the control for operation of the impeller
of a snow thrower.
To indicate the operational status of the impeller.
12.2
Snow thrower, auger collector
ISO 7000-2124
To identify the control for operation of the snow
thrower.
To indicate the operational status of the collector
auger.
This symbol is the same as ISO 7000-2144 except
that this symbol is rotated to horizontal.
12.3
Snow thrower, discharge chute
To identify the control for operation of the snow
thrower discharge chute.
12.4
Snow thrower, discharge chute, height
adjustment
To be ISO 7000
registered
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that adjusts the angle at
which the discharge chute expels snow.
12.5
Snow thrower, discharge chute, height
adjustment, up
ISO 7000-2125
To identify the control that increases the angle at
which the discharge chute expels snow.
To indicate that the discharge chute is being
adjusted upward.
12.6
Snow thrower, discharge chute, height
adjustment, down
ISO 7000-2127
To identify the control that decreases the angle at
which the discharge chute expels snow.
To indicate that the discharge chute is being
adjusted downward.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
13
ISO/WD 3767-3:2011ISO/WD 3767-3
Graphical
symbol
12.7
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
ISO 7000-2126
Snow thrower, discharge chute, rotate right
To identify the control that rotates the discharge
chute to expel snow to the right of the snow
thrower.
Arrow indicating rotation of the discharge chute is
viewed from the perspective of a person looking at
the discharge chute from above the machine.
14
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/TC 23/SC 14
N 338
ISO/TC 23/SC 14
ISO/TC 23/SC 14 - Operator controls, operator symbols and other displays, operator manuals
Email of secretary: [email protected]
Secretariat: ANSI (USA)
NP for Revision of ISO 3767-4 Symbols for forestry machinery
Document type:
NP ballot
Date of document:
2011-07-11
Expected action:
VOTE
Action due date:
2011-10-12
Background:
This document is circulated to TC 23/SC 14 members for ballot. Please submit your vote by the due
date indicated via the online balloting portal.
Committee URL:
http://isotc.iso.org/livelink/livelink/open/tc23sc14
NEW WORK ITEM PROPOSAL
Date of presentation
2011-07-11
Reference number
(to be given by the Secretariat)
N
Proposer
ISO/TC 23 / SC 14
ANSI
338
Secretariat
ANSI
A proposal for a new work item within the scope of an existing committee shall be submitted to the secretariat of that committee with a copy to
the Central Secretariat and, in the case of a subcommittee, a copy to the secretariat of the parent technical committee. Proposals not within the
scope of an existing committee shall be submitted to the secretariat of the ISO Technical Management Board.
The proposer of a new work item may be a member body of ISO, the secretariat itself, another technical committee or subcommittee, or
organization in liaison, the Technical Management Board or one of the advisory groups, or the Secretary-General.
The proposal will be circulated to the P-members of the technical committee or subcommittee for voting, and to the O-members for information.
See overleaf for guidance on when to use this form.
IMPORTANT NOTE: Proposals without adequate justification risk rejection or referral to originator.
Guidelines for proposing and justifying a new work item are given overleaf.
Proposal (to be completed by the proposer)
Title of proposal (in the case of an amendment, revision or a new part of an existing document, show the reference number and current title)
English title
ISO 3767-4, Tractors, machinery for agriculture and forestry, powered lawn and garden equipment —
Symbols for operator controls and displays — Part 4: Symbols for forestry machinery and equipment
French title
ISO 3767-4, Tracteurs, matériels agricoles et forestiers, matériel à moteur pour jardins et petouses —
Symboles pour les commandes de l'opérateur et autres indications — Partie 4: Symboles pour tracteurs et
matériels forestiers
(if available)
Scope of proposed project
To add numerous symbols not in the current edition or amendments to ISO 3767-4. To include descriptions of the symbol
functions in accordance with IEC 80416-1, IEC 60417, and ISO 7000.
Concerns known patented items (see ISO/IEC Directives Part 1 for important guidance)
Yes
No
If "Yes", provide full information as annex
Envisaged publication type (indicate one of the following, if possible)
International Standard
Technical Specification
Publicly Available Specification
Technical Report
Purpose and justification (attach a separate page as annex, if necessary)
There are a number of relevant symbols not included in the current edition or amendments to ISO 3767-4. Also lacking are
descriptions of the symbol functions that provide additional information about the meaning of the symbols, how they are to
be used, and their relationship to other symbols in ISO 3767.
Target date for availability (date by which publication is considered to be necessary) 2014-12-31
Proposed development track
 1 (24 months)
2 (36 months - default)
3 (48 months)
Relevant documents to be considered
ISO 7000, IEC 60417, ISO 6405, ISO 2575
Relationship of project to activities of other international bodies
Liaison organizations
Need for coordination with:
IEC
FORM 4 (ISO) v.2007.1
CEN
Other (please specify)
Page 1 of 3
New work item proposal
Preparatory work (at a minimum an outline should be included with the proposal)
A draft is attached
An outline is attached. It is possible to supply a draft by
The proposer or the proposer's organization is prepared to undertake the preparatory work required
Yes
No
Name and signature of the Proposer
(include contact information)
Proposed Project Leader (name and address)
Richard Gast
Deere & Company
Moline, IL 61265 USA
+1 309 765 4715
[email protected]
Comments of the TC or SC Secretariat
Supplementary information relating to the proposal
This proposal relates to a new ISO document;
This proposal relates to the amendment/revision of an existing ISO document;
This proposal relates to the adoption as an active project of an item currently registered as a Preliminary Work Item;
This proposal relates to the re-establishment of a cancelled project as an active project.
Other:
Voting information
The ballot associated with this proposal comprises a vote on:
Adoption of the proposal as a new project
Adoption of the associated draft as a committee draft (CD)
Adoption of the associated draft for submission for the enquiry vote (DIS or equivalent)
Other:
Annex(es) are included with this proposal (give details)
Date of circulation
Closing date for voting
Signature of the TC or SC Secretary
2011-07-11
2011-10-12
Sally Seitz
Use this form to propose:
a) a new ISO document (including a new part to an existing document), or the amendment/revision of an existing ISO document;
b) the establishment as an active project of a preliminary work item, or the re-establishment of a cancelled project;
c) the change in the type of an existing document, e.g. conversion of a Technical Specification into an International Standard.
This form is not intended for use to propose an action following a systematic review - use ISO Form 21 for that purpose.
Proposals for correction (i.e. proposals for a Technical Corrigendum) should be submitted in writing directly to the secretariat concerned.
Guidelines on the completion of a proposal for a new work item
(see also the ISO/IEC Directives Part 1)
a) Title: Indicate the subject of the proposed new work item.
b) Scope: Give a clear indication of the coverage of the proposed new work item. Indicate, for example, if this is a proposal for a new document,
or a proposed change (amendment/revision). It is often helpful to indicate what is not covered (exclusions).
c) Envisaged publication type: Details of the types of ISO deliverable available are given in the ISO/IEC Directives, Part 1 and/or the
associated ISO Supplement.
d) Purpose and justification: Give details based on a critical study of the following elements wherever practicable. Wherever possible
reference should be made to information contained in the related TC Business Plan.
1) The specific aims and reason for the standardization activity, with particular emphasis on the aspects of standardization to be covered, the
problems it is expected to solve or the difficulties it is intended to overcome.
2) The main interests that might benefit from or be affected by the activity, such as industry, consumers, trade, governments, distributors.
3) Feasibility of the activity: Are there factors that could hinder the successful establishment or global application of the standard?
4) Timeliness of the standard to be produced: Is the technology reasonably stabilized? If not, how much time is likely to be available before
advances in technology may render the proposed standard outdated? Is the proposed standard required as a basis for the future development
of the technology in question?
5) Urgency of the activity, considering the needs of other fields or organizations. Indicate target date and, when a series of standards is
proposed, suggest priorities.
FORM 4 (ISO) v.2007.1
Page 2 of 3
New work item proposal
6) The benefits to be gained by the implementation of the proposed standard; alternatively, the loss or disadvantage(s) if no standard is
established within a reasonable time. Data such as product volume or value of trade should be included and quantified.
7) If the standardization activity is, or is likely to be, the subject of regulations or to require the harmonization of existing regulations, this should
be indicated.
If a series of new work items is proposed having a common purpose and justification, a common proposal may be drafted including all elements
to be clarified and enumerating the titles and scopes of each individual item.
e) Relevant documents and their effects on global relevancy: List any known relevant documents (such as standards and regulations),
regardless of their source. When the proposer considers that an existing well-established document may be acceptable as a standard (with or
without amendment), indicate this with appropriate justification and attach a copy to the proposal.
f) Cooperation and liaison: List relevant organizations or bodies with which cooperation and liaison should exist.
FORM 4 (ISO) v.2007.1
Page 3 of 3
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO TC 23/SC 14 N 338
Date: 2011-07-11
ISO/WD 3767-4
ISO TC 23/SC 14/WG
Secretariat: ANSI
Tractors, machinery for agriculture and forestry, powered lawn and
garden equipment — Symbols for operator controls and other
displays — Part 4: Symbols for forestry machinery and equipment
Tracteurs, matériels agricoles et forestiers, matériel à moteur pour jardins et petouses — Symboles pour les
commandes de l'opérateur et autres indications — Partie 4: Symboles pour tracteurs et matériels forestiers
Warning
This document is not an ISO International Standard. It is distributed for review and comment. It is subject to
change without notice and may not be referred to as an International Standard.
Recipients of this draft are invited to submit, with their comments, notification of any relevant patent rights of
which they are aware and to provide supporting documentation.
Document type: International Standard
Document subtype:
Document stage: (20) Preparatory
Document language: E
H:\cc51\Private\TC 23 SC 14\Projects\ISO 3767-4 2011 Revision\ISO_3767-4_(E)_2011-07-08.docx STD
Version 2.1c2
ISO/WD 3767-4:2011ISO/WD 3767-4
Copyright notice
This ISO document is a working draft or committee draft and is copyright-protected by ISO. While the
reproduction of working drafts or committee drafts in any form for use by participants in the ISO standards
development process is permitted without prior permission from ISO, neither this document nor any extract
from it may be reproduced, stored or transmitted in any form for any other purpose without prior written
permission from ISO.
Requests for permission to reproduce this document for the purpose of selling it should be addressed as
shown below or to ISO's member body in the country of the requester:
[Indicate the full address, telephone number, fax number, telex number, and electronic mail address, as
appropriate, of the Copyright Manger of the ISO member body responsible for the secretariat of the TC or
SC within the framework of which the working document has been prepared.]
Reproduction for sales purposes may be subject to royalty payments or a licensing agreement.
Violators may be prosecuted.
ii
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-4:2011ISO/WD 3767-4
Contents
Page
Foreword .........................................................................................................................................................iv Introduction......................................................................................................................................................v 1
Scope ...................................................................................................................................................1 2
Normative references .........................................................................................................................1 3
Terms and definitions.........................................................................................................................1 4
General ................................................................................................................................................2 5
Colour ..................................................................................................................................................3 6
Development of new symbols............................................................................................................3 7
Adaptation of symbols as digital display icons................................................................................3 8
Tree harvester and feller buncher symbols ......................................................................................4 9
Delimber symbols ...............................................................................................................................6 10
Felling equipment symbols................................................................................................................8 11
Bunk jaws (grab arms) symbols ......................................................................................................10 12
Log handling equipment symbols ...................................................................................................12 13
Topping knife symbols .....................................................................................................................17 14
Saw symbols .....................................................................................................................................18 15
Grapple skidder symbols .................................................................................................................19 16
Log loader symbols ..........................................................................................................................20 17
Loadgate symbols ............................................................................................................................24 18
Winch symbols..................................................................................................................................25 19
Stabilizer symbols ............................................................................................................................27 20
Outrigger symbols ............................................................................................................................30 21
Dozer blade symbols ........................................................................................................................35 22
Stacker blade symbols .....................................................................................................................36 23
Bogie symbols ..................................................................................................................................37 © ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
iii
ISO/WD 3767-4:2011ISO/WD 3767-4
Foreword
ISO (the International Organization for Standardization) is a worldwide federation of national standards bodies
(ISO member bodies). The work of preparing International Standards is normally carried out through ISO
technical committees. Each member body interested in a subject for which a technical committee has been
established has the right to be represented on that committee. International organizations, governmental and
non-governmental, in liaison with ISO, also take part in the work. ISO collaborates closely with the
International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) on all matters of electrotechnical standardization.
International Standards are drafted in accordance with the rules given in the ISO/IEC Directives, Part 2.
The main task of technical committees is to prepare International Standards. Draft International Standards
adopted by the technical committees are circulated to the member bodies for voting. Publication as an
International Standard requires approval by at least 75 % of the member bodies casting a vote.
Attention is drawn to the possibility that some of the elements of this document may be the subject of patent
rights. ISO shall not be held responsible for identifying any or all such patent rights.
ISO 3767-4 was prepared by Technical Committee ISO/TC 23, Tractors, machinery for agriculture and
forestry, powered lawn and garden equipment, Subcommittee SC 14, Symbols for controls and displays,
safety signs, manuals.
This second/third/... edition cancels and replaces the first/second/... edition (), [clause(s) / subclause(s) /
table(s) / figure(s) / annex(es)] of which [has / have] been technically revised.
ISO 3767 consists of the following parts, under the general title Tractors, machinery for agriculture and
forestry, powered lawn and garden equipment — Symbols for operator controls and other displays:
 Part 1: Common symbols
 Part 2: Symbols for agricultural tractors and machinery
 Part 3: Symbols for powered lawn and garden equipment
 Part 4: Symbols for forestry machinery
 Part 5: Symbols for manual portable forestry machines
iv
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-4:2011ISO/WD 3767-4
Introduction
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
v
WORKING DRAFT
ISO/WD 3767-4
Tractors, machinery for agriculture and forestry, powered lawn
and garden equipment — Symbols for operator controls and
other displays — Part 4: Symbols for forestry machinery and
equipment
1
Scope
This part of ISO 3767 establishes common symbols for use on operator controls and other displays on tractors
and machinery for agriculture and forestry, and powered lawn and garden equipment as defined in ISO 33390, ISO 5395, and ISO 6814.
2
Normative references
The following referenced documents are indispensable for the application of this document. For dated
references, only the edition cited applies. For undated references, the latest edition of the referenced
document (including any amendments) applies.
ISO 7000, Graphical symbols for use on equipment
[available in database format at http://www.graphical-symbols.info/ and at https://cdb.iso.org/cdb/]
IEC 60417, Graphicalsymbols for use on equipment
[available in database format at http://www.graphical-symbols.info/]
ISO 80416-2, Basic principles for graphical symbols for use on equipment — Part 2: Form and use of arrows
ISO 80416-4, Basic principles for graphical symbols for use on equiment — Part 4: Guidelines for the
adaptation of graphical symbols for use on screens and displays (icons)
IEC 80416-1, Basic principles for graphical symbols for use on equipment — Part 1: Creation of symbol
originals
IEC 80416-3, Basic principles for grpahical symbols for use on equipment — Part 3: Guidelines for the
application of graphical symbols
3
Terms and definitions
For the purposes of this document, the following terms and definitions apply.
3.1
symbol (graphical symbol)
a visually perceptible figure used to transmit information independent of language. It may be produced by
drawing, printing, or other means. Letters, numerals, and mathematical symbols may be used as symbols or
symbol elements. For some specific appllications, groups of letters Ifor example, AUTO, STOP) are used as
symbols or symbol elements.
NOTE
Letters and numerals are not registered by ISO/TC 145/SC 3 or published in ISO 7000 unless they are symbol
elements embedded in graphical symbols.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
1
ISO/WD 3767-4:2011ISO/WD 3767-4
3.2
icon (digital display icon)
a digitized (pixelated) epresentation of a graphical symbol, usually used on a reconfigurable electronic display
screen or graphical user inteface (GUI). A single symbol can be represented by multiple icons, each of a
different size, pixel count, or colourization.
4
General
4.1 Symbols shall be used as shown in this part of ISO 3767. However, selected symbols which are shown
in outline form in this part of ISO 3767 may be filled in actual use for enhanced clarity of reproduction and
improved visual perception by the operator, except as otherwise noted for individual symbols. Refer to IEC
80416-3.
4.2 Limitations inherent in some reproduction and display technologies can require increased line width or
other minor modifications of symbols. Such modifications are acceptable, provided that the symbol remains
unchanged in its basic graphical elements and is easily discernable by the operator.
4.3 Additionally, to improve the appearance and perceptibility of a graphical symbol, or to coordinate with
the design of the euqipment to which it is applied, it can be necessary to change the line width or to round the
corners of the symbol. The graphical designer is normally free to make such changes, provided that the
essential perceptiable characteritics of the symbol are maintained.
4.4 For actual use, all symbols shall be reproduced large enough to be easily discernible by the operator.
See IEC 80416-1 for guidelines on the proper sizing of symbols. Symbols grouped together in a display or on
a set of controls should be scaled to the same degree relative to the corner marks of the symbol original as
shown in this part of ISO 3767 in order to maintain the correct visual relationship among the symbols.
Symbols shall be used in the orientation shown in this part of ISO3767, unless otherwise noted for individual
symbols.
4.5 Most symbols are constructed using a building block approach in which various symbols and symbol
elements are combined in a logical manner to produce a new symbol.
4.6 Symbols are generally intended to replace a word or words with a graphical image that has the same
meaning for all operators, regardless of their native language. However, the use of a graphical symbol to
identify a control or display does not preclude the use of words in conjunction with that control or display.
4.7 If a symbol shows a machine or parts of a machine from a side view, a machine moving from left to right
across the symbol area shall be assumed. If a symbol shows a machine or parts of a machine from an
overhead view, a machine moving from bottom to top across the symbol area shall be assumed.
4.8 Symbols on controls and displays shall have a good contrast to their background. A white or lightcoloured symbol on a black or dark-coloured backgound is preferred for most controls. Displays may use
either a white or light-coloured symbol on a black or dark-coloured background or a black or dark-coloured
symbol on a white or light-coloured background, depending upon which alternative provides the best visual
perception. When a symbol image is reversed (for example, from black-on-white to white-on-black or vice
versa) this reversal shall be done for the entire symbol.
4.9 Symbols shall be located on or adjacent to the control or display that is being identified. Where more
than one symbol is required for a control, the symbols shall be located in relation to the control such that
movement of the control towards the symbols shall effect the fucntion depicted by that symbol.
4.10 Arrows used in symbols shall conform symbols shall conform to the requirements of ISO 80416-2. IEC
80416-1 shall be consulted for the general principles for creating symbol originals. IEC 80416-3 should be
consulted for guidelines for the application of symbols.
2
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-4:2011ISO/WD 3767-4
4.11 ISO/IEC registration numbers are shown for symbols in this part of ISO 3767.
NOTE
Symbol originals are approved and registered either by ISO/TC 145/SC 3 and published in ISO 7000 or by
IEC/SC 3C and published in IEC 60417. In some cases, modified or application symbols, rather than the original symbols,
are standardized in this part of ISO 3767.
4.13 When letters or numerals are used in a symbol, the font shown shall not be considered definitive. Other
fonts may be used so long as the letters and numerals remain legible.
4.14 Symbols in this part of ISO 3767 are within marks that delimit the corners of the 75 mm square basic
pattern from IEC 80416-1. Corner marks are not part of the symbol, but are provided to ensure consistent
presentation of all symbol graphics.
5
5.1
Colour
When used on illuminated displays, the following colours shall have the meanings indicated:
 Red denotes a failure, serious malfunction, or operating condition that requires immediate attention;
 Yellow or amber denotes a condition outside normal operating limits
 Green denotes a normal operating condition
6
Development of new symbols
6.1 Prior to developing a new symbol, a search should be conducted for previously standardized symbols
with the same or similar meaning to what is needed. ISO 7000 and IEC 60417 (both available in database
form) are compilations of internationally standardized symbols which can be useful both for finding appropriate
symbols that do not appear in one of the parts of ISO 3767 and for generating concepts that can be used in
the development of new symbols.
6.2 New symbols shall be developed in accordance with the principles of ISO 3767-1 Annex A. IEC 804161 should be consulted for general principles for the creation of symbols. Arrows shall be in accordance with
ISO 80416-2. Different arrow forms have different meanings according to ISO 80416-2. Care should be
taken to use the correct arrow form. Following the guidelines of Annex A results in symbols appropriate in
graphical form and content for international standardization and ISO 7000 registration.
6.3 Symbols proposed for standardization in this part of ISO 3767 shall include a short explanation of the
function or expected use of the symbol.
NOTE
IEC 80416-1 uses the term "description" for this type of information and provides guidelines for writing
descriptions for symbols intended for standardization in ISO 7000 or IEC 60417. The descriptions for symbols
standardized in this part of ISO 37t67 can serve as examples.
7
Adaptation of symbols as digital display icons
Symbols can be adapted for use as digital display icons on reconfigurable or other electronic displays. Such
adaptations should follow the principles of ISO 80416-4. Special care should be taken to ensure that digital
display icons preserve the visual impression of the symbol from which the icon is adapted. The same
principles regarding use of colour with symbols apply to the use of colour with digital display icons.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
3
ISO/WD 3767-4:2011ISO/WD 3767-4
8
Tree harvester and feller buncher symbols
Graphical
symbol
8.1
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Tree harvester/feller buncher, boom/arm
To identify the control for movement of the boom
and arm of the tree harvester or feller buncher.
8.2
ISO7000-1709
Tree harvester/feller buncher, boom, raise
To identify the control that raises the boom of the
tree harvester or feller buncher.
ISO7000-2050
To indicate that the boom is being raised or is in
the raised (up) position.
8.3
Tree harvester/feller buncher, boom, lower
To identify the control that lowers the boom of the
tree harvester or feller buncher.
ISO7000-2049
To indicate that the boom is being lowered or is in
the lowered (down) position.
8.4
Tree harvester/feller buncher, arm, out
To identify the control that moves the arm of the
tree harvester or feller buncher outward away from
the machine by increasing the angle between the
boom and arm.
ISO7000-1710
To indicate that the arm is being moved outward
or is in the out position.
8.5
Tree harvester/feller buncher, arm, in
To identify the control that moves the arm of the
tree harvester or feller buncher inward toward the
machine by decreasing the angle between the
boom and arm.
ISO7000-1711
To indicate that the arm is being moved inward or
is in the in position.
8.6
Tree harvester/feller buncher, boom swing
To identify the control that swings the boom to the
left or right.
ISO7000-1712
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the boom from above the
machine.
8.7
Tree harvester/feller buncher, boom, swing left
To identify the control that swings the boom to the
left.
To indicate that the boom is swinging to the left.
ISO7000-1713
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the boom from above the
machine.
4
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-4:2011ISO/WD 3767-4
Graphical
symbol
8.8
Symbol title and description
ISO/IEC
registration number
Tree harvester/feller buncher, boom, swing
right
To identify the control that swings the boom to the
right.
To indicate that the boom is swinging to the right.
ISO7000-1714
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the boom from above the
machine.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
5
ISO/WD 3767-4:2011ISO/WD 3767-4
9
Delimber symbols
Graphical
symbol
9.1
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Delimber, sliding boom
ISO 7000-2051
To identify the control for operation of the sliding
boom of the delimber.
9.2
Delimber, sliding boom, out
ISO 7000-2052
To identify the control that moves the sliding boom
of the delimber out.
To indicate that the sliding boom is in the out
position.
9.3
Delimber, sliding boom, in
ISO 7000-2054
To identify the control that moves the sliding boom
of the delimber in.
To indicate that the sliding boom is in the in
position.
9.4
Delimber, butt plate
ISO 7000-2053
To identify the control for operation of the butt
plate of the delimber.
9.5
Delimber, butt plate, up
ISO 7000-2055
To identify the control that moves the butt plate of
the delimber to the up position.
To indicate that the butt plate is in the up position.
9.6
Delimber, butt plate, down
ISO 7000-2056
To identify the control that moves the butt plate of
the delimber to the down position.
To indicate that the butt plate is in the down
position.
9.7
Delimber, fixed jaw
ISO 7000-2057
To identify the control for operation of the fixed jaw
of the delimber.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the longitudinal axis
of the machine.
6
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-4:2011ISO/WD 3767-4
Graphical
symbol
9.8
Symbol title and description
Delimber, fixed jaw, open
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-2058
To identify the control that opens the fixed jaw of
the delimber.
To indicate that the fixed jaw is in the open
position.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the longitudinal axis
of the machine.
9.9
Delimber, fixed jaw, close
ISO 7000-2059
To identify the control that closes the fixed jaw of
the delimber.
To indicate that the fixed jaw is in the closed
position.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the longitudinal axis
of the machine.
9.10
Delimber, mobile jaw
ISO 7000-2060
To identify the control for operation of the fixed jaw
of the delimber.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the longitudinal axis
of the machine.
9.11
Delimber, mobile jaw, open
ISO 7000-2061
To identify the control that opens the mobile jaw of
the delimber.
To indicate that the mobile jaw is in the open
position.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the longitudinal axis
of the machine.
9.12
Delimber, mobile jaw, close
ISO 7000-2062
To identify the control that closes the mobile jaw of
the delimber.
To indicate that the mobile jaw is in the closed
position.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the longitudinal axis
of the machine.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
7
ISO/WD 3767-4:2011ISO/WD 3767-4
10 Felling equipment symbols
Graphical
symbol
10.1
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Felling head
ISO 7000-1717
To identify the control for operation the felling
head.
10.2
Felling head, tilt up
ISO 7000-1718
To identify the control that tilts the felling head up.
To indicate that the felling head is being tilted up
or is in the up-tilted position.
10.3
Felling head, tilt down
ISO 7000-1719
To identify the control that tilts the felling head
down.
To indicate that the felling head is being tilted
down or is in the down-tilted position.
10.4
Fixed boom felling head, turn left
ISO 7000-1715
To identify the control that turns the felling head on
a fixed boom to turn to the left.
To indicate that the felling head is turning to the
left.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the boom and felling head from
above the machine.
10.5
Fixed boom felling head, turn right
ISO 7000-1716
To identify the control that turns the felling head on
a fixed boom to turn to the right.
To indicate that the felling head is turning to the
right.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the boom and felling head from
above the machine.
10.6
Felling head, side tilt, left
ISO 7000-1720
To identify the control that tilts the felling head
sideways to the left.
To indicate that the felling head is tilting sideways
to the left.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the longitudinal axis
of the machine.
8
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-4:2011ISO/WD 3767-4
Graphical
symbol
10.7
Symbol title and description
Felling head, side tilt, right
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-1721
To identify the control that tilts the felling head
sideways to the right.
To indicate that the felling head is tilting sideways
to the right.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the longitudinal axis
of the machine.
10.8
Felling shear
ISO 7000-1722
To identify the control for operation of the felling
shear.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the shear from above the
machine.
10.9
Felling shear, open
ISO 7000-1723
To identify the control that opens the blades of the
felling shear.
To indicate that the blades of the felling shear are
opening or are in the open position.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the shear from above the
machine.
10.10
Felling shear, close
ISO 7000-1724
To identify the control that closes the blades of the
felling shear.
To indicate that the blades of the felling shear are
closing or are in the closed position.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the shear from above the
machine.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
9
ISO/WD 3767-4:2011ISO/WD 3767-4
11 Bunk jaws (grab arms) symbols
Graphical
symbol
11.1
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Bunk jaws (grab arms)
ISO 7000-1725
To identify the control for operation of the bunk
jaws (grab arms).
11.2
Bunk jaws (grab arms), open
ISO 7000-1726
To identify the control that opens the bunk jaws
(grab arms).
To indicate that the bunk jaws are opening or are
in the opened position.
11.3
Bunk jaws (grab arms), close
ISO 7000-1727
To identify the control the closes the bunk jaws
(grab arms).
To indicate that the bunk jaws are closing or are in
the closed position.
11.4
Bunk jaws (grab arms), left jaw/arm, open
ISO 7000-1728
To identify the control that moves out the left jaw
(arm) of the bunk jaws (grab arms).
To indicate that the left jaw (arm) is moving
opening or is in the opened position.
11.5
Bunk jaws (grab arms), left jaw/arm, close
ISO 7000-1729
To identify the control that closes the left jaw (arm)
of the bunk jaws (grab arms).
To indicate that the left jaw (arm) is closing or is in
the closed position.
11.6
Bunk jaws (grab arms), right jaw/arm, open
ISO 7000-1730
To identify the control that moves out the right jaw
(arm) of the bunk jaws (grab arms).
To indicate that the right jaw (arm) is opening or is
in the opened position.
11.7
Bunk jaws (grab arms), right jaw/arm, close
ISO 7000-1731
To identify the control that closes the right jaw
(arm) of the bunk jaws (grab arms).
To indicate that the right jaw (arm) is closing or is
in the in the closed.
11.8
Bunk jaws (grab arms), ropes, tighten
ISO 7000-1732
To identify the control that tightens the ropes of
the bunk jaws (grab arms).
To indicate that the ropes are tightening or are in
the tightened position.
10
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-4:2011ISO/WD 3767-4
Graphical
symbol
11.9
Symbol title and description
Bunk jaws (grab arms), ropes, slacken
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-1733
To identify the control that slackens (loosens) the
ropes of the bunk jaws (grab arms).
To indicate that the ropes are slackening or are in
the slack position.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
11
ISO/WD 3767-4:2011ISO/WD 3767-4
12 Log handling equipment symbols
Graphical
symbol
12.1
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Log accumulator
ISO 7000-1734
To identify the control for operation of the log
accumulator.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the accumulator from above the
machine.
12.2
Log accumulator, open
ISO 7000-1735
To identify the control that opens the mobile arm
of the log accumulator.
To indicate that the log accumulator is opening or
is in the open position.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the accumulator from above the
machine.
12.3
Log accumulator, close
ISO 7000-1736
To identify the control that closes the mobile arm
of the log accumulator.
To indicate that the log accumulator is closing or is
in the closed position.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the accumulator from above the
machine.
12.4
Log feeder
ISO 7000-1737
To identify the control for operation of the log
feeder.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the feeder from above the
machine.
12.5
Log feeder, open
ISO 7000-1738
To identify the control that increases the distance
between the feeder rolls.
To indicate that the feeder rolls are opening or are
in the open position.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the feeder from above the
machine.
12
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-4:2011ISO/WD 3767-4
Graphical
symbol
12.6
Symbol title and description
Log feeder, close
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-1739
To identify the control that decreases the distance
between the feeder rolls.
To indicate that the feeder rolls are closing or are
in the closed position.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the feeder from above the
machine.
12.7
Log feeder, feed in
ISO 7000-1740
To identify the control that rotates the feeder rolls
to pull the log through the rolls inward toward the
machine.
To indicate that the feeder rolls are rotating
inward.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the feeder from above the
machine.
12.8
Log feeder, feed out
ISO 7000-1741
To identify the control that rotates the feeder rolls
to pull the log through the rolls outward away from
the machine.
To indicate that the feeder rolls are rotating
outward.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the feeder from above the
machine.
12.9
Log feeder, added clamp force
ISO 7000-2805
To identify the control that increases the clamping
force exerted on log feeder rollers.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the feeder from above the
machine.
12.10
Log feeder, stop/lock
ISO 7000-1742
To identify the control that locks the feeder rolls to
prevent rotation and therefore to prevent
longitudinal movement of the log.
To indicate that the feeder rolls are in the stopped
and locked condition.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the feeder from above the
machine.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
13
ISO/WD 3767-4:2011ISO/WD 3767-4
Graphical
symbol
12.11
Symbol title and description
ISO/IEC
registration number
Log feeder, stepwise rotation
ISO 7000-2806
To identify the control that rotates the log feeder
rollers in small incremental steps rather than a
continuous movement.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the feeder from above the
machine.
12.12
Log length
ISO 7000-2817
To identify the control for determining the length of log
to be cut.
To indicate the specified or actual log length.
Indicate an incease of log length by "+" and a decrease
of log length by "–".
12.13
Log clamp
ISO 7000-1743
To identify the control for operation of the log
clamp.
12.14
Log clamp, open
ISO 7000-1744
To identify the control that opens the mobile arm
of the log clamp.
To indicate that the log clamp is opening or is in
the open position.
12.15
Log clamp, close
ISO 7000-1745
To identify the control that closes the mobile arm
of the log clamp.
To indicate that the log clamp is closing or is in the
closed position.
12.16
Log clamp, raise
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that raises the log clamp.
To indicate that the log clamp is being raised or is
in the raised position.
12.17
Log clamp, float
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that allows the log clamp to
move up or down according to the contour of the
ground.
To indicate that the log clamp is in the float
position.
12.18
Log clamp, hold
ISO 7000-1746
To identify the control that holds the mobile arm of
the log lamp in its current position.
To indicate that the log clamp is in the hold
condition.
14
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-4:2011ISO/WD 3767-4
Graphical
symbol
12.19
Symbol title and description
Log clamp, tilt forward
To identify the control that tilts the log clamp
forward.
ISO/IEC
registration number
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the log clamp is being tilting
forward.
12.20
Log clamp, tilt rearward
To identify the control that tilts the log clamp
rearward.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the log clamp is being tilted
rearward.
12.21
Log grapple
ISO 7000-1747
To identify the control for operation of the log
grapple.
The grapple is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the longitudinal axis
of the machine.
12.22
Log grapple, open
ISO 7000-1748
To identify the control that opens the arms of the
log grapple.
To indicate that the log grapple is opening or is in
the open position.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the longitudinal axis
of the machine.
12.23
Log grapple, close
ISO 7000-1749
To identify the control the closes the arms of the
log grapple.
To indicate that the log grapple is closing or is in
the closed position.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the longitudinal axis
of the machine.
12.24
Log grapple, rotate
ISO 7000-1750
To identify the control that rotates the log grapple
in either the clockwise or counter-clockwise
direction.
To indicate that the log grapple is free to rotate in
either the clockwise or counter-clockwise direction.
The arrow indicating rotation of the grapple is
viewed from the perspective of a person from the
perspective of a person looking at the grapple
from above the machine.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
15
ISO/WD 3767-4:2011ISO/WD 3767-4
Graphical
symbol
12.25
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
ISO 7000-1751
Log grapple, rotate clockwise
To identify the control that rotates the log grapple
in the clockwise direction.
To indicate that the log grapple is rotating
clockwise.
The arrow indicating rotation of the grapple is
viewed from the perspective of a person looking at
the grapple from above the machine.
12.26
Log grapple, rotate counter-clockwise
ISO 7000-1752
To identify the control that rotates the log grapple
in the counter-clockwise direction.
To indicate that the log grapple is rotating counterclockwise.
The arrow indicating rotation of the grapple is
viewed from the perspective of a person looking at
the grapple from above the machine.
16
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-4:2011ISO/WD 3767-4
13 Topping knife symbols
Graphical
symbol
13.1
Symbol title and description
Topping knife
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-1753
To identify the control for operation of the topping
knife.
Orient symbol as appropriate to the actual
machine operation.
13.2
Topping knife, open
ISO 7000-1754
To identify the control that opens the topping knife.
To indicate that the topping knife is opening or is
in the open position.
Orient symbol as appropriate to the actual
machine operation.
13.3
Topping knife, close
ISO 7000-1755
To identify the control that closes the topping
knife.
To indicate that the topping knife is closing or is in
the closed position.
Orient symbol as appropriate to the actual
machine operation.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
17
ISO/WD 3767-4:2011ISO/WD 3767-4
14 Saw symbols
Graphical
symbol
14.1
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Circular saw
ISO 7000-1756
To identify the control for operation of the circular
saw.
Orient symbol as appropriate to the actual
machine operation.
14.2
Circular saw, out
ISO 7000-1757
To identify the control that moves the circular saw
out from its protective guard and rotates the saw.
To indicate that the circular saw is moving out or is
in the out position and is rotating.
Orient symbol as appropriate to the actual
machine operation.
14.3
Circular saw, in
ISO 7000-1758
To identify the control that moves the circular saw
into its protective guard.
To indicate that the circular saw is moving in or is
in the in position.
Orient symbol as appropriate to the actual
machine operation.
14.4
Chain saw
ISO 7000-1759
To identify the control for operation of the chain
saw.
Orient symbol as appropriate to the actual
machine operation.
14.5
Chain saw, out
ISO 7000-1760
To identify the control that moves the chain saw
out from its protective guard and rotates the chain.
To indicate that the chain saw is moving out or is
in the out position and the chain is rotating.
Orient symbol as appropriate to the actual
machine operation.
14.6
Chain saw, in
ISO 7000-1761
To identify the control that moves the chain saw
into its protective guard.
To indicate that the chain saw is moving in or is in
the in position.
Orient symbol as appropriate to the actual
machine operation.
18
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-4:2011ISO/WD 3767-4
15 Grapple skidder symbols
Graphical
symbol
15.1
Symbol title and description
Grapple skidder, single function boom
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-1762
To identify the control for operation of the single
function boom of the grapple skidder.
15.2
Grapple skidder, single function boom, up/in
ISO 7000-1763
To identify the control that moves the single
function boom up and in toward the machine.
To indicate that the boom is moving up and in or is
in the up and in position.
15.3
Grapple skidder, single function boom,
down/out
ISO 7000-1764
To identify the control that moves the single
function boom down and out away from the
machine.
To indicate that the boom is moving down and out
or is in the down and out position.
15.4
Grapple skidder, double function boom
ISO 7000-1765
To identify the control for operation of the double
function boom of the grapple skidder.
15.5
Grapple skidder, double function boom, out
ISO 7000-1766
To identify the control that moves the double
function boom out.
To indicate that the boom is moving outward or is
in the out position.
15.6
Grapple skidder, double function boom, in
ISO 7000-1767
To identify the control that moves the double
function boom in.
To indicate that the boom is moving inward or is in
the in position.
15.7
Grapple skidder, double function boom, up
ISO 7000-1768
To identify the control that raises the boom.
To indicate that the boom is moving up or is in the
raised (up) position.
15.8
Grapple skidder, double function boom, down
ISO 7000-1769
To identify the control that lowers the boom.
To indicate that the boom is moving down or is in
the lowered (down) position.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
19
ISO/WD 3767-4:2011ISO/WD 3767-4
16 Log loader symbols
Graphical
symbol
16.1
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Log loader equipment
ISO 7000-1782
To identify the control for operation of the log
loader equipment.
16.2
Log loader, pillar, raise
ISO 7000-1770
To identify the control that raises the pillar of the
log loader.
To indicate that the pillar is being raised or is in
the raised (up) position.
16.3
Log loader, pillar, lower
ISO 7000-1771
To identify the control that lowers the pillar of the
log loader.
To indicate that the pillar is being lowered or is in
the lowered (down) position.
16.4
Log loader, pillar, rotate clockwise
ISO 7000-1772
To identify the control that rotates the pillar of the
log loader in the clockwise direction.
To indicate that the pillar is rotating clockwise.
Arrow indicating rotation of the pillar is viewed
from the perspective of a person looking at the
pillar from above the machine.
16.5
Log loader, pillar, rotate counter-clockwise
ISO 7000-1773
To identify the control that rotates the pillar of the
log loader in the counter-clockwise direction.
To indicate that the pillar is rotating counterclockwise.
Arrow indicating rotation of the pillar is viewed
from the perspective of a person looking at the
pillar from above the machine.
16.6
Log loader, arm, raise
ISO 7000-1774
To identify the control that raises the arm of the
log loader.
To indicate that the arm is being raised or is in the
raised (up) position.
16.7
Log loader, arm, lower
ISO 7000-1775
To identify the control that lowers the arm of the
log loader.
To indicate that the arm is being lowered or is in
the lowered (down) position.
20
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-4:2011ISO/WD 3767-4
Graphical
symbol
16.8
Symbol title and description
Log loader, arm, extend
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-1776
To identify the control that extends the arm of the
log loader to increase its operating range.
To indicate that the arm is being extended or is in
the extended position.
16.9
Log loader, arm, retract
ISO 7000-1777
To identify the control that retracts the arm of the
log loader to decrease its operating range.
To indicate that the arm is being retracted or is in
the retracted position.
16.10
Log loader, jib, raise
ISO 7000-1780
To identify the control that raises the jib of the log
loader.
To indicate that the jib is being raised or is in the
raised (up) position.
16.11
Log loader, jib, lower
ISO 7000-1779
To identify the control that lowers the jib of the log
loader.
To indicate that the jib is being lowered or is in the
lowered (down) position.
16.12
Log loader, jib, extend
ISO 7000-1778
To identify the control that extends the jib of the
log loader to increase its operating range.
To indicate that the jib is being extended or is in
the extended position.
16.13
Log loader, jib, retract
ISO 7000-1781
To identify the control that retracts the jib of the log
loader to decrease its operating range.
To indicate that the jib is being retracted or is in
the retracted position.
16.14
Log loading equipment
To identify the loading equipment for the log
loader.
To be ISO 7000
registered
Use as a symbol element in the development of
related symbols.
Same symbol also appears in ISO 3767-2 as
"sugar cane loading equipment"
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
21
ISO/WD 3767-4:2011ISO/WD 3767-4
Graphical
symbol
16.15
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Log loader, mast, rotate
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that rotates the mast of the
log loader to the right or left.
To indicate that the loader mast is being rotated.
Arrow indicating rotation of the mast is viewed
from the perspective of a person looking at the
mast from above the machine.
Same symbol also appears in ISO 3767-2 as
"sugar cane loader, mast rotate".
16.16
Log loader, mast, rotate left
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that rotates the mast of the
log loader to the left.
To indicate that the loader mast is being rotated to
the left or is in the left-rotated position.
Arrow indicating rotation of the mast is viewed
from the perspective of a person looking at the
mast from above the machine.
Same symbol also appears in ISO 3767-2 "sugar
cane loader, mast, rotate left".
16.17
Log loader, mast, rotate right
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that rotates the mast of the
log loader to the right.
To indicate that the loader mast is being rotated to
the right or is in the right-rotated position.
Arrow indicating rotation of the mast is viewed
from the perspective of a person looking at the
mast from above the machine.
Same symbol also appears in ISO 3767-2 as
"sugar cane loader, mast, rotate right".
16.18
Log loader, boom, raise
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the control that raises the boom of the
log loader.
To indicate that the loader boom is being raised or
is in the raised position.
Same symbol also appears in ISO 3767-2 as
"sugar cane loader, boom, raise".
16.19
Log loader, boom, lower
To identify the control that lowers the boom of the
log loader.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the loader boom is being lowered
or is in the lowered position.
Same symbol also appears in ISO 3767-2 as
"sugar cane loader, boom, lower".
22
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-4:2011ISO/WD 3767-4
Graphical
symbol
16.20
Symbol title and description
Log loader, arm, raise
To identify the control that raises the arm of the
log loader.
ISO/IEC
registration number
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the loader arm is being raised or is
in the raised position.
Same symbol also appears in ISO 3767-2 as
"sugar cane loader, arm, raise".
16.21
Log loader, arm, lower
To identify the control that lowers the arm of the
log loader.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate that the loader arm is being lowered or
is in the lowered position.
Same symbol also appears in ISO 3767-2 as
"sugar cane loader, arm, lower".
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
23
ISO/WD 3767-4:2011ISO/WD 3767-4
17 Loadgate symbols
Graphical
symbol
17.1
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Loadgate
ISO 7000-1783
To identify the control for operation of the
loadgate.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the longitudinal axis
of the machine.
17.2
Loadgate, up
ISO 7000-1785
To identify the control that raises the loadgate.
To indicate that the loadgate is being raised or is
in the raised position.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the longitudinal axis
of the machine.
17.3
Loadgate, down
ISO 7000-1784
To identify the control that lowers the loadgate.
To indicate that the loadgate is being lowered or is
in the lowered position.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the longitudinal axis
of the machine.
24
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-4:2011ISO/WD 3767-4
18 Winch symbols
Graphical
symbol
18.1
Symbol title and description
Winch
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-1176
To identify the control for the equipment used for
pulling an object toward the machine or allowing
the object to move away from the machine to
which the object is attached to a rope or cable.
To indicate the operational status of the winch.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the winch from above the
machine.
18.2
Winch, spool out
ISO 7000-1539
To identify the control that unwinds the winch
cable while tension is applied to control movement
of the attached object.
To indicate that the winch is spooling out.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the winch from above the
machine.
18.3
Winch, spool in
ISO 7000-1538
To identify the control that winds the winch cable
to pull the attached object toward the machine.
To indicate that the winch is spooling in.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the winch from above the
machine.
18.4
Winch, free spool
ISO 7000-1540
To identify the control that allows the winch cable
to unwind with uncontrolled tension.
To indicate that the winch is in the free spool
condition.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the winch from above the
machine.
18.5
Winch, lock
ISO 7000-2070
To identify the control that locks the winch to
prevent movement of the reel.
To indicate that the winch is locked.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking at the winch from above the
machine.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
25
ISO/WD 3767-4:2011ISO/WD 3767-4
Graphical
symbol
18.6
Symbol title and description
Winch, brake
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-2071
To identify the control that slows or stops the
movement of the winch reel.
To indicate the operational status of the winch
brake.
18.7
Winch oil
To identify the fill point for winch oil.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To identify the container for winch oil.
18.8
Winch oil pressure
To identify the display that provides information
about the winch oil pressure.
To be ISO 7000
registered
To indicate the winch oil pressure.
18.9
26
Winch angle
ISO 7000-3000
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-4:2011ISO/WD 3767-4
19 Stabilizer symbols
Graphical
symbol
19.1
Symbol title and description
Left stabilizer
To identify the equipment used to stabilize the
machine to prevent movement of the machine
during operation.
ISO/IEC
registration number
Mirror image
application of
ISO 7000-2072
To identify the control for operation of the left
stabilizer.
If one control operates both the left and right
stabilizers, use this symbol.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
19.2
Right stabilizer
ISO 7000-2072
To identify the equipment used to stabilize the
machine to prevent movement of the machine
during operation.
To identify the control for operation of the right
stabilizer.
If one control operates both the left and right
stabilizers, use mirror image of ISO 7000-2072
(see 19.1).
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
19.3
Left stabilizer, up; left stabilizer, raise
ISO 7000-2073
To identify the control that lowers the left stabilizer.
To indicate that the left stabilizer is being lowered
or is in the lowered (down) position.
If one control raises both the left and right
stabilizers, use this symbol.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
19.4
Left stabilizer, down; left stabilizer, lower
ISO 7000-2074
To identify the control that raises the right
stabilizer.
To indicate that the right stabilizer is being raised
or is in the raised (up) position.
If one control lowers both the left and right
stabilizers, use this symbol.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
27
ISO/WD 3767-4:2011ISO/WD 3767-4
Graphical
symbol
19.5
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
ISO 7000-1292
Right stabilizer, up; right stabilizer raise
To identify the control that lowers the right
stabilizer.
To indicate that the right stabilizer is being lowered
or is in the lowered (down) position.
If one control raises both the left and right
stabilizers, use ISO 7000-2073 (see 19.3).
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
19.6
Right stabilizer, down; right stabilizer, lower
ISO 7000-1291
To identify the control that raises the right
stabilizer.
To indicate that the right stabilizer is being raised
or is in the raised (up) position.
If one control lowers both the left and right
stabilizers, use ISO 7000-2074 (see 19.4).
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
19.7
Left stabilizer, extend
ISO 7000-2075
To identify the control that extends the left
stabilizer to provide a wider stance of the machine
for greater stability during operation.
To indicate that the left stabilizer is being extended
or is in the extended position.
If one control extends both the left and right
stabilizers, use this symbol.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
19.8
Left stabilizer, retract
ISO 7000-2076
To identify the control that retracts the left
stabilizer.
To indicate that the left stabilizer is being retracted
or is in the retracted position.
If one control retracts both the left and right
stabilizers, use this symbol.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
28
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-4:2011ISO/WD 3767-4
Graphical
symbol
19.9
Symbol title and description
Right stabilizer, extend
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-1536
To identify the control that extends the right
stabilizer to provide a wider stance of the machine
for greater stability during operation.
To indicate that the right stabilizer is being
extended or is in the extended position.
If one control extends both the left and right
stabilizers, use ISO 7000-2075 (see 19.7).
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
19.10
Right stabilizer, retract
ISO 7000-1537
To identify the control that retracts the right
stabilizer.
To indicate that the right stabilizer is being
retracted or is in the retracted position.
If one control retracts both the left and right
stabilizers, use ISO 7000-2076 (see 19.8).
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
29
ISO/WD 3767-4:2011ISO/WD 3767-4
20 Outrigger symbols
Graphical
symbol
20.1
Symbol title and description
Left outrigger
To identify the control for the left outrigger.
ISO/IEC
registration number
Mirror image
application of
ISO7000-2077
If one control operates both the left and right
outriggers, use this symbol
Use as the base symbol for developing left
outrigger symbols.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
20.2
Right outrigger
ISO 7000-2077
To identify the control for the right outrigger.
If one control operates both the left and right
outriggers, use symbol in 20.1.
Use as the base symbol for developing right
outrigger symbols.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
20.3
Outrigger, left beam out, horizontal extension
only
ISO 7000-2078
To identify the control that extends the left beam
away from the machine.
To indicate that the left beam is extending
horizontally away from the machine or has
reached its extension limit.
To indicate the operational status of the left beam
horizontal extension function.
If one control extends both left and right beams,
use this symbol.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
30
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-4:2011ISO/WD 3767-4
Graphical
symbol
20.4
Symbol title and description
Outrigger, left beam in, horizontal retraction
only
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-2079
To identify the control that retracts the left beam
toward the machine.
To indicate that the left beam is retracting
horizontally toward the machine or has reached its
retraction limit.
To indicate the operational status of the left beam
horizontal retraction function.
If one control retracts both left and right beams,
use this symbol.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
20.5
Outrigger, right beam out, horizontal extension
only
ISO 7000-0747
To identify the control that extends the right beam
away from the machine.
To indicate that the right beam is extending
horizontally away from the machine or has
reached its extension limit.
To indicate the operational status of the right
beam horizontal extension function.
If one control extends both left and right beams,
use ISO 7000-2078 (see 20.3).
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
20.6
Outrigger, right beam in, horizontal retraction
only
ISO 7000-0746
To identify the control that retracts the right beam
toward the machine.
To indicate that the right beam is retracting
horizontally toward the machine or has reached its
retraction limit.
To indicate the operational status of the right
beam horizontal retraction function.
If one control retracts both left and right beams,
use ISO 7000-2079 (see 20.4).
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
31
ISO/WD 3767-4:2011ISO/WD 3767-4
Graphical
symbol
20.7
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
ISO 7000-2080
Outrigger, left jack down, vertical extension
only
To identify the control that extends the left jack
down toward the ground.
To indicate that the left jack is extending vertically
down toward the ground or has reached its
extension limit.
To indicate the operational status of the left jack
vertical extension function.
If one control extends both left and right jacks, use
rhis symbol.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
20.8
Outrigger, left jack up, vertical retraction only
ISO 7000-2081
To identify the control that retracts the left jack
down toward the ground.
To indicate that the left jack is retracting vertically
up away from the ground or has reached its
retraction limit.
To indicate the operational status of the left jack
vertical retraction function.
If one control retracts both left and right jacks, use
this symbol.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
20.9
Outrigger, right jack down, vertical extension
only
ISO 7000-0750
To identify the control that extends the right jack
down toward the ground.
To indicate that the right jack is extending
vertically down toward the ground or has reached
its extension limit.
To indicate the operational status of the right jack
vertical extension function.
If one control extends both left and right jacks, use
ISO 7000-2080 (see 20.7).
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
32
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-4:2011ISO/WD 3767-4
Graphical
symbol
20.10
Symbol title and description
Outrigger, right jack down, vertical retraction
only
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-0751
To identify the control that retracts the right jack
down toward the ground.
To indicate that the right jack is retracting vertically
up away from the ground or has reached its
retraction limit.
To indicate the operational status of the right jack
vertical retraction function.
If one control retracts both left and right jacks, use
ISO 7000-2080 (see 20.8).
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
20.11
Outrigger, extend left beam and left jack
To identify the control that simultaneously extends
the left beam and left jack.
Mirror image
application of
ISO 7000-0738
To indicate that the left beam and left jack are
extending simultaneously.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
20.12
Outrigger, extend right beam and right jack
To identify the control that simultaneously extends
the right beam and right jack.
Application of ISO
7000-0738
To indicate that the right beam and right jack are
extending simultaneously.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
20.13
Outrigger, retract left beam and left jack
To identify the control that simultaneously extends
the left beam and left jack.
Mirror image
application of
ISO 7000-0739
To indicate that the left beam and left jack are
retracting simultaneously.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
20.14
Outrigger, retract right beam and right jack
To identify the control that simultaneously extends
the right beam and right jack.
Application of
ISO 7000-0739
To indicate that the right beam and right jack are
retracting simultaneously.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
33
ISO/WD 3767-4:2011ISO/WD 3767-4
Graphical
symbol
20.15
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Outrigger, retract left/right beams and left/right
jacks; house outriggers (stabilizers)
ISO 7000-2968
To identify the control that simultaneously retracts
left and right beams and left and right jacks.
To indicate that the left and right beams and the
left and right jacks are retracting simultaneously.
To indicate the operational status of the overall
beam and jack retraction function.
This symbol is viewed from the perspective of a
person looking forward along the axis of the
machine.
34
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-4:2011ISO/WD 3767-4
21 Dozer blade symbols
Graphical
symbol
21.1
Symbol title and description
Dozer blade
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-1451
To identify the control for the dozer blade.
To indicate the operational status of the dozer blade.
21.2
Dozer blade, raise
ISO 7000-1452
To identify the control that raises the dozer blade.
To indicate that the dozer blade is being raised or is in
the raised (up) position.
21.3
Dozer blade, lower
ISO 7000-1453
To identify the control that lowers the dozer blade.
To indicate that the dozer blade is being lowered or is in
the lowered (down) position.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
35
ISO/WD 3767-4:2011ISO/WD 3767-4
22 Stacker blade symbols
Graphical
symbol
22.1
Symbol title and description
Stacker blade
ISO/IEC
registration number
ISO 7000-2586
To identify the control for the stacker blade of the
log skidder.
To indicate the operational status of the stacker
blade.
22.2
Stacker blade, raise
ISO 7000-2587
To identify the control that lowers the stacker
blade.
To indicate that the blade is being lowered or is in
the lowered (down) position.
22.3
Stacker blade, lower
ISO 7000-2588
To identify the control that raises the stacker
blade.
To indicate that the blade is being raised or is in
the raised (up) position.
36
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-4:2011ISO/WD 3767-4
23 Bogie symbols
Graphical
symbol
23.1
Symbol title and description
Bogie
Description to be added.
23.2
Bogie, front axle, raise
Description to be added.
23.3
Bogie, front axle, lower
Description to be added.
23.4
Bogie, rear axle, raise
Description to be added.
23.5
Bogie, rear axle, lower
Description to be added.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/IEC
registration number
To be ISO 7000
registered
To be ISO 7000
registered
To be ISO 7000
registered
To be ISO 7000
registered
To be ISO 7000
registered
37
ISO/TC 23/SC 14
N 339
ISO/TC 23/SC 14
ISO/TC 23/SC 14 - Operator controls, operator symbols and other displays, operator manuals
Email of secretary: [email protected]
Secretariat: ANSI (USA)
NP for Revision of ISO 3767-5 Symbols for manual portable forestry machinery
Document type:
NP ballot
Date of document:
2011-07-11
Expected action:
VOTE
Action due date:
2011-10-12
No. of pages:
14
Background:
This document is circulated to TC 23/SC 14 members for ballot. Please submit your vote by the due
date indicated via the online balloting portal.
Committee URL:
http://isotc.iso.org/livelink/livelink/open/tc23sc14
NEW WORK ITEM PROPOSAL
Date of presentation
2011-07-11
Reference number
(to be given by the Secretariat)
N
Proposer
ISO/TC 23 / SC 14
ANSI
339
Secretariat
ANSI
A proposal for a new work item within the scope of an existing committee shall be submitted to the secretariat of that committee with a copy to
the Central Secretariat and, in the case of a subcommittee, a copy to the secretariat of the parent technical committee. Proposals not within the
scope of an existing committee shall be submitted to the secretariat of the ISO Technical Management Board.
The proposer of a new work item may be a member body of ISO, the secretariat itself, another technical committee or subcommittee, or
organization in liaison, the Technical Management Board or one of the advisory groups, or the Secretary-General.
The proposal will be circulated to the P-members of the technical committee or subcommittee for voting, and to the O-members for information.
See overleaf for guidance on when to use this form.
IMPORTANT NOTE: Proposals without adequate justification risk rejection or referral to originator.
Guidelines for proposing and justifying a new work item are given overleaf.
Proposal (to be completed by the proposer)
Title of proposal (in the case of an amendment, revision or a new part of an existing document, show the reference number and current title)
English title
ISO 3767-5, Tractors, machinery for agriculture and forestry, powered lawn and garden equipment —
Symbols for operator controls and displays — Part 5: Symbols for manual portable forestry machines
French title
ISO 3767-5, Tracteurs, matériels agricoles et forestiers, matériel à moteur pour jardins et petouses —
Symboles pour les commandes de l'opérateur et autres indications — Partie 5: Symboles pour le matériel
forestier portatif à main
(if available)
Scope of proposed project
To include descriptions of the symbol functions in accordance with IEC 80416-1, IEC 60417, and ISO 7000.
Concerns known patented items (see ISO/IEC Directives Part 1 for important guidance)
Yes
No
If "Yes", provide full information as annex
Envisaged publication type (indicate one of the following, if possible)
International Standard
Technical Specification
Publicly Available Specification
Technical Report
Purpose and justification (attach a separate page as annex, if necessary)
Symbols in ISO 3767-5 are lacking descriptions of the symbol functions that provide additional information about the
meaning of the symbols, how they are to be used, and their relationship to other symbols in ISO 3767.
Target date for availability (date by which publication is considered to be necessary) 2014-12-31
Proposed development track
 1 (24 months)
2 (36 months - default)
3 (48 months)
Relevant documents to be considered
ISO 7000, IEC 60417, ISO 6405, ISO 2575
Relationship of project to activities of other international bodies
Liaison organizations
Need for coordination with:
IEC
FORM 4 (ISO) v.2007.1
CEN
Other (please specify)
Page 1 of 3
New work item proposal
Preparatory work (at a minimum an outline should be included with the proposal)
A draft is attached
An outline is attached. It is possible to supply a draft by
The proposer or the proposer's organization is prepared to undertake the preparatory work required
Yes
No
Name and signature of the Proposer
(include contact information)
Proposed Project Leader (name and address)
Richard Gast
Deere & Company
Moline, IL 61265 USA
+1 309 765 4715
[email protected]
Comments of the TC or SC Secretariat
Supplementary information relating to the proposal
This proposal relates to a new ISO document;
This proposal relates to the amendment/revision of an existing ISO document;
This proposal relates to the adoption as an active project of an item currently registered as a Preliminary Work Item;
This proposal relates to the re-establishment of a cancelled project as an active project.
Other:
Voting information
The ballot associated with this proposal comprises a vote on:
Adoption of the proposal as a new project
Adoption of the associated draft as a committee draft (CD)
Adoption of the associated draft for submission for the enquiry vote (DIS or equivalent)
Other:
Annex(es) are included with this proposal (give details)
Date of circulation
Closing date for voting
Signature of the TC or SC Secretary
2011-07-11
2011-10-12
Sally Seitz
Use this form to propose:
a) a new ISO document (including a new part to an existing document), or the amendment/revision of an existing ISO document;
b) the establishment as an active project of a preliminary work item, or the re-establishment of a cancelled project;
c) the change in the type of an existing document, e.g. conversion of a Technical Specification into an International Standard.
This form is not intended for use to propose an action following a systematic review - use ISO Form 21 for that purpose.
Proposals for correction (i.e. proposals for a Technical Corrigendum) should be submitted in writing directly to the secretariat concerned.
Guidelines on the completion of a proposal for a new work item
(see also the ISO/IEC Directives Part 1)
a) Title: Indicate the subject of the proposed new work item.
b) Scope: Give a clear indication of the coverage of the proposed new work item. Indicate, for example, if this is a proposal for a new document,
or a proposed change (amendment/revision). It is often helpful to indicate what is not covered (exclusions).
c) Envisaged publication type: Details of the types of ISO deliverable available are given in the ISO/IEC Directives, Part 1 and/or the
associated ISO Supplement.
d) Purpose and justification: Give details based on a critical study of the following elements wherever practicable. Wherever possible
reference should be made to information contained in the related TC Business Plan.
1) The specific aims and reason for the standardization activity, with particular emphasis on the aspects of standardization to be covered, the
problems it is expected to solve or the difficulties it is intended to overcome.
2) The main interests that might benefit from or be affected by the activity, such as industry, consumers, trade, governments, distributors.
3) Feasibility of the activity: Are there factors that could hinder the successful establishment or global application of the standard?
4) Timeliness of the standard to be produced: Is the technology reasonably stabilized? If not, how much time is likely to be available before
advances in technology may render the proposed standard outdated? Is the proposed standard required as a basis for the future development
of the technology in question?
5) Urgency of the activity, considering the needs of other fields or organizations. Indicate target date and, when a series of standards is
proposed, suggest priorities.
FORM 4 (ISO) v.2007.1
Page 2 of 3
New work item proposal
6) The benefits to be gained by the implementation of the proposed standard; alternatively, the loss or disadvantage(s) if no standard is
established within a reasonable time. Data such as product volume or value of trade should be included and quantified.
7) If the standardization activity is, or is likely to be, the subject of regulations or to require the harmonization of existing regulations, this should
be indicated.
If a series of new work items is proposed having a common purpose and justification, a common proposal may be drafted including all elements
to be clarified and enumerating the titles and scopes of each individual item.
e) Relevant documents and their effects on global relevancy: List any known relevant documents (such as standards and regulations),
regardless of their source. When the proposer considers that an existing well-established document may be acceptable as a standard (with or
without amendment), indicate this with appropriate justification and attach a copy to the proposal.
f) Cooperation and liaison: List relevant organizations or bodies with which cooperation and liaison should exist.
FORM 4 (ISO) v.2007.1
Page 3 of 3
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO TC 23/SC 14 N 239
Date: 2011-07-11
ISO/WD 3767-5
ISO TC 23/SC 14/WG
Secretariat: ANSI
Tractors, machinery for agriculture and forestry, powered lawn and
garden equipment — Symbols for operator controls and other
displays — Part 5: Symbols for manual portable forestry machinery
Tracteurs, matériels agricoles et forestiers, matériel à moteur pour jardins et petouses — Symboles pour les
commandes de l'opérateur et autres indications — Partie 5: Symboles pour le matériel forestier portatif à main
Warning
This document is not an ISO International Standard. It is distributed for review and comment. It is subject to
change without notice and may not be referred to as an International Standard.
Recipients of this draft are invited to submit, with their comments, notification of any relevant patent rights of
which they are aware and to provide supporting documentation.
Document type: International Standard
Document subtype:
Document stage: (20) Preparatory
Document language: E
H:\cc51\Private\TC 23 SC 14\Projects\ISO 3767-5 2011 Revision\ISO_3767-5_(E)_2011-07-08.docx STD
Version 2.1c2
ISO/WD 3767-5:2011ISO/WD 3767-5
Copyright notice
This ISO document is a working draft or committee draft and is copyright-protected by ISO. While the
reproduction of working drafts or committee drafts in any form for use by participants in the ISO standards
development process is permitted without prior permission from ISO, neither this document nor any extract
from it may be reproduced, stored or transmitted in any form for any other purpose without prior written
permission from ISO.
Requests for permission to reproduce this document for the purpose of selling it should be addressed as
shown below or to ISO's member body in the country of the requester:
[Indicate the full address, telephone number, fax number, telex number, and electronic mail address, as
appropriate, of the Copyright Manger of the ISO member body responsible for the secretariat of the TC or
SC within the framework of which the working document has been prepared.]
Reproduction for sales purposes may be subject to royalty payments or a licensing agreement.
Violators may be prosecuted.
ii
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-5:2011ISO/WD 3767-5
Contents
Page
Foreword .........................................................................................................................................................iv Introduction......................................................................................................................................................v 1
Scope ...................................................................................................................................................1 2
Normative references .........................................................................................................................1 3
Terms and definitions.........................................................................................................................1 4
General ................................................................................................................................................2 5
Colour ..................................................................................................................................................3 6
Development of new symbols............................................................................................................3 7
Adaptation of symbols as digital display icons................................................................................3 8
Chain saw and brush saw symbols...................................................................................................4 © ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
iii
ISO/WD 3767-5:2011ISO/WD 3767-5
Foreword
ISO (the International Organization for Standardization) is a worldwide federation of national standards bodies
(ISO member bodies). The work of preparing International Standards is normally carried out through ISO
technical committees. Each member body interested in a subject for which a technical committee has been
established has the right to be represented on that committee. International organizations, governmental and
non-governmental, in liaison with ISO, also take part in the work. ISO collaborates closely with the
International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) on all matters of electrotechnical standardization.
International Standards are drafted in accordance with the rules given in the ISO/IEC Directives, Part 2.
The main task of technical committees is to prepare International Standards. Draft International Standards
adopted by the technical committees are circulated to the member bodies for voting. Publication as an
International Standard requires approval by at least 75 % of the member bodies casting a vote.
Attention is drawn to the possibility that some of the elements of this document may be the subject of patent
rights. ISO shall not be held responsible for identifying any or all such patent rights.
ISO 3767-5 was prepared by Technical Committee ISO/TC 23, Tractors, machinery for agriculture and
forestry, powered lawn and garden equipment, Subcommittee SC 14, Symbols for controls and displays,
safety signs, manuals.
This second/third/... edition cancels and replaces the first/second/... edition (), [clause(s) / subclause(s) /
table(s) / figure(s) / annex(es)] of which [has / have] been technically revised.
ISO 3767 consists of the following parts, under the general title Tractors, machinery for agriculture and
forestry, powered lawn and garden equipment — Symbols for operator controls and other displays:
 Part 1: Common symbols
 Part 2: Symbols for agricultural tractors and machinery
 Part 3: Symbols for powered lawn and garden equipment
 Part 4: Symbols for forestry machinery
 Part 5: Symbols for manual portable forestry machines
iv
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-5:2011ISO/WD 3767-5
Introduction
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
v
WORKING DRAFT
ISO/WD 3767-5
Tractors, machinery for agriculture and forestry, powered lawn
and garden equipment — Symbols for operator controls and
other displays — Part 5: Symbols for manual portable forestry
machinery
1
Scope
This part of ISO 3767 establishes common symbols for use on operator controls and other displays on manual
portable forestry equipment.
2
Normative references
The following referenced documents are indispensable for the application of this document. For dated
references, only the edition cited applies. For undated references, the latest edition of the referenced
document (including any amendments) applies.
ISO 7000, Graphical symbols for use on equipment
[available in database format at http://www.graphical-symbols.info/ and at https://cdb.iso.org/cdb/]
IEC 60417, Graphicalsymbols for use on equipment
[available in database format at http://www.graphical-symbols.info/]
ISO 80416-2, Basic principles for graphical symbols for use on equipment — Part 2: Form and use of arrows
ISO 80416-4, Basic principles for graphical symbols for use on equiment — Part 4: Guidelines for the
adaptation of graphical symbols for use on screens and displays (icons)
IEC 80416-1, Basic principles for graphical symbols for use on equipment — Part 1: Creation of symbol
originals
IEC 80416-3, Basic principles for grpahical symbols for use on equipment — Part 3: Guidelines for the
application of graphical symbols
3
Terms and definitions
For the purposes of this document, the following terms and definitions apply.
3.1
symbol (graphical symbol)
a visually perceptible figure used to transmit information independent of language. It may be produced by
drawing, printing, or other means. Letters, numerals, and mathematical symbols may be used as symbols or
symbol elements. For some specific appllications, groups of letters Ifor example, AUTO, STOP) are used as
symbols or symbol elements.
NOTE
Letters and numerals are not registered by ISO/TC 145/SC 3 or published in ISO 7000 unless they are symbol
elements embedded in graphical symbols.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
1
ISO/WD 3767-5:2011ISO/WD 3767-5
3.2
icon (digital display icon)
a digitized (pixelated) epresentation of a graphical symbol, usually used on a reconfigurable electronic display
screen or graphical user inteface (GUI). A single symbol can be represented by multiple icons, each of a
different size, pixel count, or colourization.
4
General
4.1 Symbols shall be used as shown in this part of ISO 3767. However, selected symbols which are shown
in outline form in this part of ISO 3767 may be filled in actual use for enhanced clarity of reproduction and
improved visual perception by the operator, except as otherwise noted for individual symbols. Refer to IEC
80416-3.
4.2 Limitations inherent in some reproduction and display technologies can require increased line width or
other minor modifications of symbols. Such modifications are acceptable, provided that the symbol remains
unchanged in its basic graphical elements and is easily discernable by the operator.
4.3 Additionally, to improve the appearance and perceptibility of a graphical symbol, or to coordinate with
the design of the euqipment to which it is applied, it can be necessary to change the line width or to round the
corners of the symbol. The graphical designer is normally free to make such changes, provided that the
essential perceptiable characteritics of the symbol are maintained.
4.4 For actual use, all symbols shall be reproduced large enough to be easily discernible by the operator.
See IEC 80416-1 for guidelines on the proper sizing of symbols. Symbols grouped together in a display or on
a set of controls should be scaled to the same degree relative to the corner marks of the symbol original as
shown in this part of ISO 3767 in order to maintain the correct visual relationship among the symbols.
Symbols shall be used in the orientation shown in this part of ISO3767, unless otherwise noted for individual
symbols.
4.5 Most symbols are constructed using a building block approach in which various symbols and symbol
elements are combined in a logical manner to produce a new symbol.
4.6 Symbols are generally intended to replace a word or words with a graphical image that has the same
meaning for all operators, regardless of their native language. However, the use of a graphical symbol to
identify a control or display does not preclude the use of words in conjunction with that control or display.
4.7 If a symbol shows a machine or parts of a machine from a side view, a machine moving from left to right
across the symbol area shall be assumed. If a symbol shows a machine or parts of a machine from an
overhead view, a machine moving from bottom to top across the symbol area shall be assumed.
4.8 Symbols on controls and displays shall have a good contrast to their background. A white or lightcoloured symbol on a black or dark-coloured backgound is preferred for most controls. Displays may use
either a white or light-coloured symbol on a black or dark-coloured background or a black or dark-coloured
symbol on a white or light-coloured background, depending upon which alternative provides the best visual
perception. When a symbol image is reversed (for example, from black-on-white to white-on-black or vice
versa) this reversal shall be done for the entire symbol.
4.9 Symbols shall be located on or adjacent to the control or display that is being identified. Where more
than one symbol is required for a control, the symbols shall be located in relation to the control such that
movement of the control towards the symbols shall effect the fucntion depicted by that symbol.
4.10 Arrows used in symbols shall conform symbols shall conform to the requirements of ISO 80416-2. IEC
80416-1 shall be consulted for the general principles for creating symbol originals. IEC 80416-3 should be
consulted for guidelines for the application of symbols.
2
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/WD 3767-5:2011ISO/WD 3767-5
4.11 ISO/IEC registration numbers are shown for symbols in this part of ISO 3767.
NOTE
Symbol originals are approved and registered either by ISO/TC 145/SC 3 and published in ISO 7000 or by
IEC/SC 3C and published in IEC 60417. In some cases, modified or application symbols, rather than the original symbols,
are standardized in this part of ISO 3767.
4.13 When letters or numerals are used in a symbol, the font shown shall not be considered definitive. Other
fonts may be used so long as the letters and numerals remain legible.
4.14 Symbols in this part of ISO 3767 are within marks that delimit the corners of the 75 mm square basic
pattern from IEC 80416-1. Corner marks are not part of the symbol, but are provided to ensure consistent
presentation of all symbol graphics.
5
5.1
Colour
When used on illuminated displays, the following colours shall have the meanings indicated:
 Red denotes a failure, serious malfunction, or operating condition that requires immediate attention;
 Yellow or amber denotes a condition outside normal operating limits
 Green denotes a normal operating condition
6
Development of new symbols
6.1 Prior to developing a new symbol, a search should be conducted for previously standardized symbols
with the same or similar meaning to what is needed. ISO 7000 and IEC 60417 (both available in database
form) are compilations of internationally standardized symbols which can be useful both for finding appropriate
symbols that do not appear in one of the parts of ISO 3767 and for generating concepts that can be used in
the development of new symbols.
6.2 New symbols shall be developed in accordance with the principles of ISO 3767-1 Annex A. IEC 804161 should be consulted for general principles for the creation of symbols. Arrows shall be in accordance with
ISO 80416-2. Different arrow forms have different meanings according to ISO 80416-2. Care should be
taken to use the correct arrow form. Following the guidelines of Annex A results in symbols appropriate in
graphical form and content for international standardization and ISO 7000 registration.
6.3 Symbols proposed for standardization in this part of ISO 3767 shall include a short explanation of the
function or expected use of the symbol.
NOTE
IEC 80416-1 uses the term "description" for this type of information and provides guidelines for writing
descriptions for symbols intended for standardization in ISO 7000 or IEC 60417. The descriptions for symbols
standardized in this part of ISO 37t67 can serve as examples.
7
Adaptation of symbols as digital display icons
Symbols can be adapted for use as digital display icons on reconfigurable or other electronic displays. Such
adaptations should follow the principles of ISO 80416-4. Special care should be taken to ensure that digital
display icons preserve the visual impression of the symbol from which the icon is adapted. The same
principles regarding use of colour with symbols apply to the use of colour with digital display icons.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
3
ISO/WD 3767-5:2011ISO/WD 3767-5
8
Chain saw and brush saw symbols
Graphical
symbol
8.1
ISO/IEC
registration number
Symbol title and description
Fuel and oil mixture
ISO 7000-1598
To indicate the correct mixture of fuel and oil for a
two-cycle spark ignition (gasoline) engine.
Use this symbol on two-cycle spark ignition
(gasoline) engines.
Alternatively, symbols ISO 7000-0245, IEC 604175005, and ISO 7000-1056 may be combined to
form a linear graphical phrase, "fuel plus oil".
8.2
Heated handle
To identify the control for heating the handle of the
chain saw.
Application of
ISO 7000-1600
To indicate the operational status of the heated
handle.
8.3
ISO 7000-2591
Decompression valve
To identify the control for the decompression
valve, which releases pressure in the chain saw
engine to prevent unintended movement of the
chain.
The direction of operation may be indicated by an
arrow.
8.4
Carburettor adjustment, low speed mixture
To identify the control that adjusts the fuel-to-air
mixture in the carburettor to the low speed setting.
Letters used as
symbols are not
registered.
The same letter is standardized in ISO 3767-1 with
the title "Transmission, low gear; transmission, low
gear range."
8.5
Carburettor adjustment, high speed mixture
Letters used as
symbols are not
registered.
To identify the control that adjusts the fuel-to-air
mixture in the carburettor to the high speed
setting.
The same letter is standardized in ISO 3767-1 with
the title "Transmission, high gear; transmission,
high gear range."
8.6
Carburettor adjustment, idle speed
To identify the control that adjusts the carburettor
to the idle speed setting.
4
Letters used as
symbols are not
registered.
© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved
ISO/TC 23/SC 14
N 340
ISO/TC 23/SC 14
ISO/TC 23/SC 14 - Operator controls, operator symbols and other displays, operator manuals
Email of secretary: [email protected]
Secretariat: ANSI (USA)
Summary of Voting on ISO 3767-1 1998 DAmd2
Document type:
Summary of voting
Date of document:
2011-07-11
Expected action:
INFO
No. of pages:
4
Background:
As this ballot received 100% approval at the DIS ballot, it will proceed directly to publication.
Committee URL:
http://isotc.iso.org/livelink/livelink/open/tc23sc14
Ballot Information
Reference
ISO 3767-1:1998/DAmd 2
Edition number
1
English title
Committee
ISO/TC 23/SC 14
Tractors, machinery for agriculture and forestry, powered lawn and garden equipment -Symbols for operator controls and other displays -- Part 1: Common symbols -- Amendment
2: Additional symbols concerning mainly the engine emissions system
French title
Tracteurs, matériels agricoles et forestiers, matériel à moteur pour jardins et pelouses -Symboles pour les commandes de l'opérateur et autres indications -- Partie 1: Symboles
communs -- Amendement 2: Symboles supplémentaires concernant principalement le
système de surveillance des émissions polluantes du moteur
Start date
2011-02-07
Opened by ISO/CS on 2011-02-07 00:00:42
Status
Closed
Voting stage
Enquiry
End date
2011-07-07
Closed by ISO/CS on
2011-07-09 00:04:46
Version number
1
Note
Result of voting
P-Members voting: 12 in favour out of 12 = 100 % (requirement >= 66.66%)
(P-Members having abstained are not counted in this vote.)
Member bodies voting: 0 negative votes out of 13 = 0 % (requirement <= 25%)
Approved
Votes by members
Country
Member
Status
Belgium
NBN
P-Member
X
Brazil
ABNT
P-Member
X
Canada
SCC
P-Member
X
China
SAC
P-Member
X
Finland
SFS
P-Member
X
France
AFNOR
P-Member
X*
Germany
DIN
P-Member
X
Italy
UNI
P-Member
Netherlands
NEN
O-Member
X
Romania
ASRO
P-Member
X
Russian Federation
GOST R
P-Member
X
Spain
AENOR
P-Member
X
United Kingdom
BSI
P-Member
X
USA
ANSI
Secretariat
X
Approval
Disapproval
Abstention
P-Member TOTALS
Total of P-Members voting: 12
12
0
0
TOTALS
13
0
0
(*) A comment file was submitted with this vote
Comments from Voters
France
AFNOR
P-Member
ISO_3767-1_1998_DAmd_2_AFNOR.doc
Template for comments and secretariat observations
Document: ISO 3767-1/DAM 2
Date: 2011-06-24
1
2
(3)
4
5
(6)
(7)
MB1
Clause No./
Subclause No./
Annex
(e.g. 3.1)
Paragraph/
Figure/Table/
Note
(e.g. Table 1)
Type
of
comment2
Comment (justification for change) by the MB
Proposed change by the MB
Secretariat observations
on each comment submitted
FR
New symbol
te
Solved.
France asks for addition of a new symbol to show the
derating (or de-rating or de-tuning) which is the operation
of a machine at less than its rated maximum power in
order to prolong its life.
This symbol has been added
to the text associated with
the NWIP for the revision of
ISO 3767-1.
This detaring operation can follow a normal operation or a
malfunction of the posttreatment.
H:\Secteur1\Projets\
ISO\ISO 3767-1-A2\A
1 MB = Member body (enter the ISO 3166 two-letter country code, e.g. CN for China; comments from the ISO/CS editing unit are identified by **)
2 Type of comment: ge = general
te = technical
ed = editorial
NOTE
Columns 1, 2, 4, 5 are compulsory.
page 1 of 1
ISO electronic balloting commenting template/version 2001-10
REPORT OF VOTING ON ISO 3767-1:1998/DAmd 2
Closing date of voting
2011-07-09
ISO/TC 23/SC 14
Secretariat
ANSI
A report shall be returned to ISO/CS no later than 3 months after the closing date of voting on the DIS, whether or not
comments have been reviewed and/or a new text has been prepared.
Preliminary report
(submitted in those cases where comments are still to be considered and/or a decision has not yet been taken, or where it is decided
that the nature of comments indicates a need for further consultation and/or reversion to a previous project development stage). To
be followed by a 'Final report'. Any preliminary report is for ISO/CS for information, and is not circulated to member bodies)
Final report
(submitted either immediately, when all comments have been reviewed and a decision can be taken, or following a 'Preliminary
report'. The final report is circulated by ISO/CS to member bodies, and is distributed with any associated DIS or FDIS text)
1
Result of the voting
The above-mentioned document was circulated to member bodies with a request that the ISO Central Secretariat be
informed whether or not member bodies were in favour of registration of the DIS as a Final Draft International Standard
or for publication in the case of unanimous approval.
The vote closed on the date indicated above. The replies listed in annex A have been received.
2
Comments received
3
Observations of the secretariat
4
Decision of the Chairman
See annex B (if appropriate)
Preliminary report (no annexes required)
The comments are under review and/or a decision on further procedure has not yet been taken
The project is to revert to the Preparatory Stage (a new working draft will be developed)
The project is to revert to the Committee Stage (a new committee draft will be developed)
Final report
Having received 100% approval from the member bodies voting, the DIS is approved for direct publication
without change other than editorial (no FDIS vote)
(Option not applicable to projects progressing under the Vienna Agreement)
A revised text is to be submitted to ISO/CS for the approval procedure (FDIS vote)
A revised text is to be submitted to ISO/CS for a further enquiry (DIS) vote
Remarks
(e.g. observations on how comments were reviewed, date by which a decision is to be taken, date when a text is expected)
Enclosures
Report of voting
Annex B Note: Comments and observations will be circulated later on.
Annex A
Signature of the Secretary
Signature of the Chairman
Seitz, Sally Ms.
Date
FORM 13 (ISO)
2011-07-11
Gast Richard D. Mr.
Date
2011-07-11
Page 1 of 1
Version 2001-07
1 of 3
Ballot Information
Reference
ISO 3767-1:1998/DAmd 2
Edition number
1
English title
Committee
ISO/TC 23/SC 14
Tractors, machinery for agriculture and forestry, powered lawn and garden equipment -Symbols for operator controls and other displays -- Part 1: Common symbols -- Amendment
2: Additional symbols concerning mainly the engine emissions system
French title
Tracteurs, matériels agricoles et forestiers, matériel à moteur pour jardins et pelouses -Symboles pour les commandes de l'opérateur et autres indications -- Partie 1: Symboles
communs -- Amendement 2: Symboles supplémentaires concernant principalement le
système de surveillance des émissions polluantes du moteur
Start date
2011-02-07
Opened by ISO/CS on 2011-02-07 00:00:42
Status
Closed
Voting stage
Enquiry
End date
2011-07-07
Closed by ISO/CS on
2011-07-09 00:04:46
Version number
1
Note
Result of voting
P-Members voting: 12 in favour out of 12 = 100 % (requirement >= 66.66%)
(P-Members having abstained are not counted in this vote.)
Member bodies voting: 0 negative votes out of 13 = 0 % (requirement <= 25%)
Approved
2 of 3
Votes by members
Country
Member
Status
Belgium
NBN
P-Member
X
Brazil
ABNT
P-Member
X
Canada
SCC
P-Member
X
China
SAC
P-Member
X
Finland
SFS
P-Member
X
France
AFNOR
P-Member
X*
Germany
DIN
P-Member
X
Italy
UNI
P-Member
Netherlands
NEN
O-Member
X
Romania
ASRO
P-Member
X
Russian Federation
GOST R
P-Member
X
Spain
AENOR
P-Member
X
United Kingdom
BSI
P-Member
X
USA
ANSI
Secretariat
X
Approval
Disapproval
Abstention
P-Member TOTALS
Total of P-Members voting: 12
12
0
0
TOTALS
13
0
0
(*) A comment file was submitted with this vote
Comments from Voters
France
AFNOR
P-Member
3 of 3